NK 1179 en

http://catalog.moeller.
net
New Products Catalogue – Industrial Switchgear | 2009
New Products Industrial Switchgear | 2009

Moeller addresses worldwide:
Reliable Switchgear from One
www.moeller.net/address
Proven Supplier
E-Mail: info@moeller.net
Internet: www.moeller.net
www.eaton.com
Issued by Moeller GmbH

Hein-Moeller-Str. 7-11
ATEX
D-53115 Bonn
© 2008 by Moeller GmbH

Subject to alterations
NK0211-1179en Ins/ip/Doku/CPI 10/08
Printed in Germany (11/08)
Article No.: 115363
Eaton’s electrical business is a global leader

in electrical control, power distribution,
uninterruptible power supply and industrial
automation products and services.
Eaton’s global electrical brands, including

Cutler-Hammer®, MGE Office Protection
Systems™, Powerware®, Holec®, MEM®,
Santak and Moeller, provide customer-driven
PowerChain Management® solutions to serve
the power system needs of the industrial,
institutional, government, utility, commercial,
residential, IT, mission critical and OEM
markets worldwide.
www.eaton.com
NK0211-1179.indd 1 14.11.2008 13:57:23 Uhr

http://catalog.moeller.net Content 0/1
Moeller NK0211-1179
Industrial Switchgear
New Products Catalogue 2009
Control and Indication 1 Control circuit devices RMQ-Titan:

Joystick +++ Double contact elements +++ Safety fixing set +++ Fixing plate for dust cover
2 Position switches LS-Titan:

Complete units +++ Operating heads for centre fixing +++ Adapter plate +++ Locating plate
Control relays for safety circuits: easySafety

Switching, Control 3 PLC easyControl: expansion units +++ Power supplies
Modular PLC, expansion units +++ Electronic timing relays
and Visualisation
4 Contactors DILM +++ Contactors DILMP +++ Contactors DILH
Contactor combinations SDAINL +++ Side-mounting auxiliary contacts
5 Overload relays ZB:

Overload relays up to 150 A +++ Accessories
Motor-protective circuit-breaker PKZ:

Switching and Protection 6 Wiring kit for DOL starters +++ Electrical contact module +++ Mechanical connection module
Busbar adapters +++ Mounting rails
7 Connection system SmartWire
Circuit-breakers NZM: Circuit-breakers, 3 pole/4 pole, 36 kA +++ Circuit-breakers for 1000 V AC/DC, 2 pole/3 pole
8 Auxiliary contacts +++ Door coupling rotary handles for North America +++ Remote operator, standard for NZM2
Combination types for plug-in and withdrawable units
9 Miniature circuit-breakers FAZ, FAZT +++ Power meters, discharge current meters
Fuse switch-disconnectors, accessories +++ NH mounting accessories
General Information 10 Part no. index, alphabetical index +++ rated motor currents for three-phase motors
Combine safety and standard

technology efficiently
The new easySafety control relay, suitable for safety appli-

cations, monitors all necessary safety installations on the
machine and therefore permits applications to the highest
safety requirements according to EN 954-1, EN ISO 13849-1,
and EN IEC 62061/61508
For detailed information, visit: Info@moeller.net

www.moeller.net
Powering Business Worldwide
We have the energy to drive your business

Eaton is an energy management company that supports its customers with the safe, effective and efficient use of
electrical, hydraulic and mechanical energy resources. As the world-leader in this technology, Eaton is the driving
force behind thousands of products that are needed to meet the challenges of our age. The Eaton business segment
Electrical is the number one for power distribution systems and control solutions – improving quality, efficiency, safety
and reliability. And the Eaton business segment Moeller is one of the leaders in electrical engineering – especially in the
field of reliable switching, protection, control and distribution of energy according to the European IEC standards.
¯safely, efficiently, globally.
WWWEATONCOM
WWWMOELLERNETBRANCHEN
Moeller NK0211-1179
RMQ-Titan control
RMQ-Titan control circuit devices

circuit devices
Page

The Moeller range of control circuit devices combines
Ordering 1/2
state-of-the-art design with optimum functionality.
Joystick 1/2
Adapter 1/2
Contact elements 1/2
Safety fixing set 1/3
Fixing plate for dust cover 1/3
Technical data 1/4
New Joystick with 2 operating points Dimensions 1/5

per operation direction M22-
WJ…-2P
- Application: With two operating points in Our complete product range of
each operation direction, as required, for Control circuit devices – RMQ-Titan
example, for speed control, this joystick is Control circuit devices – RMQ16
the ideal operator control element. Signal towers – SL
- Advantage: Compact operation with just can be found in the Industrial Switchgear Main Catalogue
one control circuit device. Noticeable HPL0211-2007/2008, Chapter 2 and at http://catalog.moeller.
pressure point on changing from operating net.
point 1 to 2.
Page 1/2
New Double contact M22-CK... New Fixing plate New Safety fixing set M22-XE
- Application: For front mounting for dust cover M22-XADC - Application: When an emergency
where only one contact depth is - Application: When the contact stop device (front fixing) is exposed
possible and more contacts are elements are exposed to dusty to high impact shock or vibration.
required than are possible with a conditions in the machine or system. - Advantage: Secures the contact
normal contact element. - Advantages: Increases the reliability element and guarantees the function
- Advantages: lFewer product versions and lifespan of the contact element. of the emergency stop device even
and lower spares stocks; can also be under extreme conditions.
Page 1/3
used with the NZM circuit-breaker, Page 1/3
see chapter 8 of this catalogue.
Page 1/3
1/2 Ordering
Double-contact elements, accessories
M22-WJ…, M22-WRJ…, M22-A4, M22-K…, Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Function: Protection Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack
V = stay-put type Article no. see price list Article no. see price list
Front ring: Front ring:
v = spring-return
black titanium
Joystick, IP66
ATEX
a HPL0211 2007/2008, page 2/40
Front ring, gold-plated, a HPL0211 2007/2008, page 2/37
Use adapter M22-A4 a page 1/2
With one operating point per operation direction
2 positions IP66 M22S-WJ2H 1 off M22-WJ2H 1 off
289197 289195
M22S-WRJ2H M22-WRJ2H
289241 289199
2 positions IP66 M22S-WJ2V M22-WJ2V
289198 289196
M22S-WRJ2V M22-WRJ2V
289242 289240
4 positions IP66 M22S-WRJ4 5 off M22-WRJ4 5 off
279416 279415
M22S-WJ4 5 off M22-WJ4 5 off
279418 279417
With two operating points per operation direction
These joysticks are combined with normal N/O contact M22-K10 and
early-make N/O contact M22-K10P.
2 positions IP66 M22-WJ2H-2P 1 off
111508 New
2 positions IP66 M22-WJ2V-2P
111507 New
4 positions IP66 M22-WJ4-2P
110836 New
Connection Auxiliary contacts: f = safety Contact Contact travel Part no. Price Std. pack
method function, by positive opening sequence diagram, stroke in Article no. see price list
to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 connection with
front element
N/O = normally N/C = normally

open closed
Fixing adapters
Fixing adapter (front fixing) for 4 contact elements, can be used with M22-WR4, -WRJ4, -D4, -WJ… and -WRJ…
For contact elements M22-(C)K
– – – – – M22-A4 10 off
279437
Contact elements
Front fixing
Screw terminals 1 N/O – .3 M22-K10 20 off
0 2.8 5.5 216376
.4
1 N/O – .7 M22-K10P 20 off

0 1.8 5.5 110835 New
.8
New Double-contact elements

Front fixing Cage Clamp 2S – .3 .3 M22-CK20 20 off
(1 level max.) 107898
.4 .4
0 3.6 5.5
– 2 N/C f .1 .1 M22-CK02
107899
.2 .2
0 1.2 5.5
1S 1 N/C f .1 .3 M22-CK11
107940
When using emergency stop .2 .4 0 1.2 3.6 5.5
pushbuttons M22-PV… max.
2 contact elements = 4 N/C /
N/O contacts
Notes 1) Assignment: Assignment of the fixing adapter with sequence numbers according to EN 50013
1)
xy x = sequence number on fixing adapter

xy
y = function number on contact element
Complete product range a Industrial Switchgear Main Catalogue, HPL0211-2007/2008, Chapter 2 and under http://catalog.moeller.net
Ordering 1/3
Double-contact elements, accessories
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 M22-XE, M22-ADC…
Part no. Price Std. pack

Article no. see price
list
New Safety fixing set

For safety relevant operations: Emergency stop, stop, start, manual-auto, etc.
• Safe stop also under extreme conditions due to impact shock and vibration
• Insulated enclosure to avoid accidental electrical shock
• Safe contact monitoring due to mechanical form
• Grid dimensions 35 x 60 mm, mounting depth 45 mm
• Up to 3 functional elements with front or base fixing as well as screw or Cage Clamp terminals
M22-XE 1 off
254849
For use with Part no. Price Std. pack

list
Dust cover, IP53 (IP4X)

For 1 M22… device
5 x M20 knockouts
M22-ADC(4)
M22-XADC
Max. 3 contacts M22-ADC 1 off

Fixing adapters built-in 106523
Max. 4 contacts M22-ADC4
Fixing adapters built-in 106524
Fixing plate M22-XADC
107918 New
1/4 Technical Data
Double-contact elements
M22-CK… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Contact elements Double-contact elements

General
Standards IEC/EN 60947
VDE 0660
Lifespan, Operations x 106 5
mechanical
Operating frequency Operations/h F 3600 F 3600
Actuating force n 5 10
Operating torque (screw terminals) Nm 0.8
Degree of protection IEC/EN 60529 IP 20 IP 20

Climatic proofing Damp heat, constant, according to IEC 60068-2-78
Damp heat, cyclical to IEC 60068-2-30
Ambient temperature1)
Open °C –25…70 –25…70
Storage °C –40…+80
Mounting position As required As required
Mechanical shock resistance to IEC 60068-2-27 g > 30 > 30
Shock duration 11 ms, half-sinusoidal
Terminal capacities
Solid mm2 0.75 – 2.5 0.5 – 1.5
Stranded mm2 0.5 – 2.5 0.5 – 1.5
Flexible with ferrule mm2 0.5 – 1.0
Contacts
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp V AC 6000 4000
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 500 250
Overvoltage category/pollution degree IIIx3 IIIx3
Control circuit reliability
at 24 V DC/5 mA HF Fault probability < 10-7, < 1 fault in 107
operations
at 5 V DC/1 mA HF Fault probability < 5 x 10-6, < 1 failure in 5 x
106 operations
Max. short-circuit protective device
Fuseless Type PKZM0–10/FAZ-B6/1 PKZM0–10/FAZ-B6/1
Fuse gG/gL A 10 10
Switching capacity
Rated operational current
AC–15
115 V Ie A 6 6
230 V Ie A 6 6
400 V Ie A 4
500 V Ie A 2
DC-13
24 V Ie A 3 3
42 V Ie A 1.7
60 V Ie A 1.2 1
110 V Ie A 0.8 0.6
220 V Ie A 0.3 0.3
Lifespan, electrical
AC–15
230 V/0.5 A Operations x 106 1.6
DV-13
12 V/2.8 A Operations x 106 1.2
Notes 1) > 200 V AC/60 Hz:

Dimensions 1/5
Joystick, fixing adapter, accessories
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 M22-WJ…, M22-WRJ…, M22-A4, M22-XE, M22-ADC
Joystick
M22-WJ…, M22-WRJ…

38
75
45
71
Fixing adapter
M22-A4
45
44
Safety fixing set

M22-XE
F5
50
57
35 60
Dust cover
M22-...
M22-XADC
72
63
60 47
M22-ADC...
73
43.5
47
74
o 80
Moeller NK0211-1179
LS-Titan position switches

Page

Moeller´s safety/position switches are used wherever
Ordering 2/2
positions must be exactly registered.
Complete units 2/2
Operating heads for centre fixing 2/2
Adapter plate 2/2
Locating plate 2/2
Technical data 2/3
Dimensions 2/4
Our complete product range of

- Position switches
- Safety switches
- Proximity switches, pressure switches
can be found in the Industrial Switchgear Main Catalogue
HPL0211-2007/2008, Chapter 3 and at
http://catalog.moeller.net.
New New
New Operating heads: New Adapter plate LS-XAP

Rounded plungers and roller - Additional fixing using locating plate FS-
plungers with centre fixing AT.
LS-XZS, LS-XZRS - Secures against lateral movement.
- Height compensation for uneven
- Fixing in a drilled hole in an enclosure mounting surfaces.
wall or a mounting plate.
- Exact adjustment of the operating Page 2/2
point by M18 nut.
Page 2/2
New New LS-Titan

LS basic devices…
- Three new switching methods
Page 2/2
2/2 Ordering
Operating heads, accessories
LS-…, FS-… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Auxiliary contacts: f = safety Contact Contact travel Colour of Housing Terminal Part no. Price Std. pack
function, by positive opening sequence housing connection Article no. see price list
to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 U = contact closed cover
u = contact open
N/O = N/C = Normally closed
Rounded plunger, IP66, IP67

Basic unit
Expandable with operating heads
– 2 N/C f 11 21 0 2.0 6.1 Insulated Cage Clamp LS-02A 10 off
11-12 NC
21-22 NC
EN 50047 116702 New
12 22
4.0 Form B
Zw (11-12) = 3.3 mm
Zw (21-22) = 5.3 mm
– 2 N/C f 11 21 0 2.0 6.1 Insulated Screw LS-S02A

11-12 NC
21-22 NC
EN 50047 terminal 116703 New
12 22
4.0 Form B
Zw (11-12) = 3.3 mm
Zw (21-22) = 5.3 mm
1 N/O 1 N/C f 13 21 0 3.0 6.1 Insulated Cage Clamp LS-11A

13-14 NO
21-22 NC
EN 50047 116704 New
14 22
1.0 Form B
Zw = 2,3 mm
1 N/O 1 N/C f 13 21 0 3.0 6.1 Insulated Screw LS-S11A

13-14 NO
21-22 NC
14 22
1.0 Form B
Zw = 2,3 mm
2 N/O – 13 23 0 1.3 6.1 Insulated Cage Clamp LS-20B

13-14 NO
EN 50047 116706 New
14 24 23-24 NO
Form B
2 N/O – 13 23 0 1.3 6.1 Insulated Screw LS-S20B

13-14 NO
23-24 NO
14 24
Form B
Notes Cage Clamp is a registered trademark of Wago Kontakttechnik, 32432 Minden, Germany.
Operating heads a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 3/8
Accessories a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 3/9
Metal
Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
Article no. see price list
Operating heads
Roundet plunger, centre fixing
For mounting in enclosure wall or LS-XZS 1 off The operating heads can be rotated in 90° stages to
mounting plate drilling M18 x 1 114024 New match the specified direction of operation.
Roller plunger, centre fixing

For mounting in enclosure wall or LS-XZRS 1 off The operating heads can be rotated in 90° stages to
mounting plate drilling M18 x 1 114025 New match the specified direction of operation.
For use with Part no. Price Std. pack Notes

Adapter plate, thickness 2.5 mm

LS-XAP 1 off For additional fixing with sideways operation, together
114026 New with locating plate FS-AT (order separately)
Locating plate
For fixing for transerve operation
LS-XAP FS-AT 20 off –
019610
Technical Data 2/3
Complete units
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 LS
IP66, IP67 complete devices
LS, LSM
General

Climatic proofing Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat,
cyclical, to IEC 60068-2-30
Ambient temperature °C –25…+70
Mounting position As required
Protection type IP66, IP67
Terminal capacity of screw terminal and Cage Clamp
Solid mm2 1 x (0.5 – 2.5)
Flexible with ferrules to DIN 46228 mm2 1 x (0.5 – 1.5)
Contacts/switching capacity
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp V AC 4000
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 400
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3
AC–15 24 V Ie A 6
230 V/240 V Ie A 6
400 V/415 V Ie A 4
DC-13 24 V Ie A 3
110 V Ie A 0.8
220 V Ie A 0.3
Control circuit reliability
at 24 V DC/5 mA HF Fault probability < 10 -7, < 1 fault in 107 operations
at 5 V DC/1 mA HF Fault probability < 10-6, < 1 failure at 5 x 106 operations
Supply frequency Hz max. 400
Short-circuit rating to IEC/EN 60947-5-1
max. fuse A gG/gL 6
Repetition accuracy mm 0.02
Mechanical variables
Lifespan
Standard-action contact Operations x 106 8
Snap-action contact Operations x 106 8
Contact temperature of roller head °C F 100
Mechanical shock resistance (half-sinusoidal shock, 20 ms)
Standard-action contact g 25
Snap-action contact g –
Basic unit g –
Operating frequency Operations/h F 6000
Actuation
Mechanical
Actuating force at beginning/end of stroke
Basic units N 1.0/8.0
LS(M)-XP N 1.0/8.0
LS(M)-XL N 1.0/8.0
LS(M)-XLA N 1.0/8.0
Actuating torque of rotary drives Nm 0.2
Max. operating speed with DIN cam
Basic units for angle of actuation a = 0°/30° m/s 1/0.5
LS(M)-XRL for angle of actuation a = 0° m/s 1.5
LS(M)-XRLA for angle of actuation a = 30°, L = 125 mm m/s 1.5
LS(M)-XRR for L = 130 mm m/s 1.5
LS(M)-XL for angle of actuation a = 30°/45° m/s 1
LS(M)-XLA for angle of actuation a = 30°/45° m/s 1
LS(M)-XP for angle of actuation a = 0°/30° m/s 1/1
Notes Cage Clamp is a registered trademark of Wago Kontakttechnik, 32423 Minden, Germany.
Accessories for the Cage Clamp terminals from Wago:
Jumper insert, grey, Wago article no. 264-402
2/4 Dimensions
Operating heads, accessories
LS-…, FS-… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Position switch
LS-...
12.7 22
f 20
8.2 25 20
12.7
8.2
11.7
1.95
4.3
30° 30°
7.3
21
11.7
f 15
21
c
5.3
76
4.3
a
50
b
55
M20 o4
14
31 33.5
a Tightening torque of cover screws: 0.8 Nm g0.2 Nm

b Only with LS (insulated version)
c Fixing screws 2 x M4 f 30
MA = 1.5 Nm
Roundet plunger, centre fixing Roller plunger, centre fixing

LS-XZS LS-XZRS
M18 x 1
f 20
M18 x 1
f 20
13 13
6 9 2.5
30° 30° 30° 30°
23
23
51
46
SW 24 SW 24
Adapter plate, thickness 2.5 mm Locating plate

LS-XAP FS-AT
R 2.2
14
16
30.5
20
22
4.3 2
16.8 2
42.7 7.3 3
2.5
1.7
o 3.9
60
Notes 2/5
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179

Moeller NK0211-1179
Control relay suitable for safety circuits
Switching, control and visualisation

Safety/ Relay, Control, HMI:
New
Expansion units, power supplies
Page
easySafety – fulfils the highest safety demands Control relay suitable for safety circuits: easySafety
The safety of people and machines System overview 3/2
must be taken into account for the total lifecycle of a machine Input/output simulators
- Simulation of digital and analog inputs and outputs on Description 3/4
or system. For personnel protection safety components such easyRelay and easyControl
as position switches, light curtains, two-hand control switches Ordering 3/5
- Easy simulation of applications directly on the device
and emergency-stop pushbuttons come into use. The safety - Ideal addition as teaching aid for education and training Technical data 3/6
information is monitored and evaluated by the new easySafety PC programming cable Analog and digital expansions modules
control relay which complies to the highest safety requirements. - Faster programming of the easy range directly through
Ordering 3/9
USB PC interface
Applications using easySafety fulfil the international safety Page 3/17 Technical data 3/10
standards to category 4 according to EN 954-1, PL e according to
EN ISO 13849-1, SILCL 3 according to IEC/EN 62061 and SIL 3 Ordering
according to IEC/EN 61508. Modular PLC, I/O expansion modules 3/16
Switched-mode power supply units 3/17
Technical data
New easySafety control relay suitable for safety circuits

New Modular PLC 3/18
- Safety and standard applications seperated from each other in one device and
I/O expansion modules 3/20
protected by three-level password concept
• Manipulation protection for the machine manufacturer Switched-mode power supply units 3/22
• Know-how protection for the design engineer
• Flexibility of diagnostic options for the user Electronic timing relays
- Considerable space saving in control panel due to compact size.
- Direct status display and increased machine availability with fast fault diagnostic via Ordering 3/24
built-in display.
Technical data 3/26
- Increased flexibility by expansion with standard functions from the easy range.
- Shorter commissioning times through convenient offline simulation on PC. Dimensions
- Generation of applications with highest safety demands.
Page 3/5 Basic devices 3/27
Electronic timing relays 17.5 mm Display/operating unit, communication module, timing relay 3/28
- Now also with two changeover contacts in
categories Modular PLC, I/O expansion 3/29
• On delayed
• Off-delayed
• Multifunction relay Our complete range of circuit-breakers and switch-
disconnectors range can be found in the
Page 3/24 Industrial Switchgear Main Catalogue, HPL0211-2007/2008,
Chapter 4 and at http://catalog.moeller.net.
New New Analog and digital expansion modules
- Local/remote digital I/O expansions
- Local analog expansions
Digital expansion modules with CANopen interface
- Flexible expandability New easy power supplies
- Maximum system integration EASY…-POW
- Built-in easyLink interface for local I/O expansions
- Compact design with more power
Page 3/9 - SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) according to EN
60950
- Wide-range input
- Can be connected in parallel
- Overload and short-circuit proof
- Operation indicator LED
Page 3/17
3/2 System overview
easySafety control relays suitable for safety circuits
ES4P Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
1
easySafety
L
DE
AL
T
L
DE
AL
T
ES
OK
ES
OK
C
New
3
L
DE
AL
T
New
ES
OK
C
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
POW
BUS
5 POWER
COM-ERR ERR
MS
ADR
NS
System overview 3/3
easySafety control relays suitable for safety circuits
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 ES4P
Detachable display (standard) Built-in bus system (standard)
MFD(-AC)-CP4-800 1 easyNet… 3
24 V DC User-friendly network
100/240 V AC Up to 8 stations
Serial interface 10 kBaud to 1 MBaud
Spring-loaded terminals Bus length to 1000 m
Text display MFD-80(-B) for ES4P
easySafety
Built-in connection cable (5 m, can be cut
to length)
a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/35
Safety-related basic units
New ES4P… 2
Expandable: Standard inputs/outputs and
standard bus systems, easyNET on board
24 V DC
14 safety digital inputs
4 safety relay outputs or
1 redundant safety relay output and 4
transistor safety outputs
LCD display, optional
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting
Screw terminals
a page 3/5
Output expansion (standard) I/O expansion (standard) Coupling unit (standard)
EASY202-RE 4 easy6… 5 EASY200-EASY 6

2 relay outputs (max. 10 A) 24 V DC For remote connection of an easy6… I/O
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting 100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz expansion module via 2-pole connection
cable (max. 30 m), e.g. NYM 3 x 1.5
Screw terminals 12 digital inputs mm2
a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/35 6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or
8 transistor outputs a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/35
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting
Screw terminals
a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/35
Bus modules (standard)
EASY204-DP 7 EASY221-CO 9
PROFIBUS DP connection as slave CANopen interface
a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/35 a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/35
EASY205-ASI 8 EASY222-DN 10
AS-Interface connection as slave DeviceNet interface
a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/35 a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/35
3/4 Description
Networking via easyNet
ES4P Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Packed with a host of conventional safety relays in the form of safety function blocks,
easySafety not only features integrated safety functions but also standard functions
in a single device – all in one.
In addition to the safety circuit diagram containing the safety configuration, the
safety control relay also contains a standard circuit diagram. This circuit diagram can
be used for standard texts, such as the processing of diagnostics signals or general
control tasks of a machine.
Thanks to the large number of safety function blocks, this provides the user with a
number of application options with only one device. The user can now also respond
directly to future and changing application requirements. This saves financial
easySafety
resources and offers future investment security. Last but not least, it reduces the
stock-keeping required for special safety relays.
easySafety meets the requirements of category 4 to EN 954-1, PL e to EN ISO 13849-
1, SILCL 3 to EN IEC 62061 and SIL 3 to EN IEC 61508. With easySafety, it is therefore
possible to implement applications meeting the most stringent safety requirements.
In addition to many standard function blocks from the easy800, easySafety offers the following safety function blocks:
Emergency-stop circuits Guard door monitoring with Safe operation with two-hand
Allows safe stopping of a and without monitoring of control
dangerous movement, immediate interlock/guard locking Type III to EN 574. Used for
stop to Stop category 0 and Used with moving guards such as hazardous machine movement
controlled stop to Stop category 1 doors, barriers or hinged flaps. such as presses, punching,
according to IEC 60204-1; field of Positions are reliably detected, shearing. It allows the movement
application: safety orientated one- monitored and enabled to safety- of dangerous operation only when
or two-channel monitoring of related requirements – optional both hands of the operator are
emergency stop circuits. interlock device with guard locking outside the dangerous area and
when increased personal and the two pushbuttons are operated
process protection are required; within 0.5 seconds of each other.
this securely keeps the guard
closed until machine standstill.
Electro-sensitive protective
devices (ESPE)
Protection of the hazardous Monitoring of open hazardous
location or area in the vicinity of areas with contact mats
machines by means of contactless Enable switch Used for the safety-related
guards such as light grids/light The manual or foot operated monitoring of cross-circuits formed
barriers/light curtains. enable switch allows the by contact mats.
Optionally with muting function temporary enabling of a guard,
that temporarily bypasses the such as a safety door, by
protective function of a guard such continuous actuation. This may be
as a light grid. Typical application necessary for setting or servicing a
for the material feed of a machine machine.
without interrupting the working Start device
process. For the safe starting of an
application by means of an
external start button or start
condition from the safety circuit
diagram.
Operating mode selector
switch
Used for the safe selection and
acceptance of a preselected
operating mode on an external Safety timing relay High rev monitor
u For safety-related overspeed
control circuit device. Used for changing the switch n<x
duration and the on or off switch monitoring of a motor or shaft. If
points of an enable contact in the the maximum speed is exceeded,
safety circuit. Safety-related timing the drive is disabled.
relay with on and/or off-delayed or
Feedback circuit monitoring single pulse function.
(EDM)
Used for the safety-related
monitoring of externally connected
1 2 3. . actuators, e.g. contactors, relays or
valves. Standstill monitoring
Used when the entry or access to
the hazardous area is not
permitted until the hazardous
driving force has come to a
standstill.
Ordering 3/5
Basic units New
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 ES4P-…, ESP-SOFT, ES4A…
Inputs Outputs (safety) Display & easyNet/ Safety/standard Part no. Price Std. pack
(safety) keypad easyLink circuit diagram Article no. see price list
Digital 6 A relay Transistors Test signals
easySafety
EN ISO 954-1: 1996, Category 4
EN ISO 13849-1: 2006, PL e (Performance Level)
IEC 61508: 1998, SIL 3 (Safety Integrity Level)
IEC 62061: 2005, SILCL 3 (Safety Integrity level claim limit)
easySafety
Expandable: standard inputs/outputs and standard bus systems
24 V DC supply voltage
14 1 (redundant) 4 4 – ✔/✔ ✔/✔ ES4P-221-DMXX1 1 off

111016
14 1 (redundant) 4 4 ✔ ✔/✔ ✔/✔ ES4P-221-DMXD1
111017
14 4 – 4 – ✔/✔ ✔/✔ ES4P-221-DRXX1
111018
14 4 – 4 ✔ ✔/✔ ✔/✔ ES4P-221-DRXD1
111019
Notes
Accessories page
1 Power supply unit/communication module a HPL0211-2007/
2008, page 4/35
1 2 Display/operating unit a HPL0211-2007/
2 2008, page 4/38
3 3 Safety-oriented programming software a 111460
4 PC programming cable, serial a HPL0211-2007/
2008, page 4/45
PC programming cable, USB a page 3/17
5 easyNet a HPL0211-2007/
1 2008, page 4/45
4 6 MFD-Titan (standard) a HPL0211-2007/
easyNet 5
2008, page 4/38
7 Connection cable a HPL0211-2007/
2008, page 4/46
Power
8 Safety-oriented memory card a page 3/5

9 I/O expansion unit (standard) a page 3/17
10 Output expansion unit, bus module, coupling a HPL0211-2007/
11 MFD Titan
module (standard) 2008, page 4/35
1, 4, 7
11 Switched-mode power supply unit a page 3/17
8 9 1, 4, 7
10
8 6
Description For use with Part no. Price Std. pack

Safety-oriented programming software

easySoft-Safety (including easySoftPro a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/45 ES4P ESP-SOFT 1 off
Menu languages De, En, Fr and It 111460
Operating systems: Windows 2000 SP4, Windows XP SP1, Windows Vista (32-bit)
Safety-oriented memory card
256-kB module ES4P ES4A-MEM-CARD1 1 off
111461
Manual
User manual, German ES4P AWB2528-1599DE 1 off
121076
User Manual, English ES4P AWB2528-1599EN
121077
User manual, French ES4P AWB2528-1599FR
121078
User manual, Italian ES4P AWB2528-1599IT
121079
3/6 Technical data
ES4P… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
ES4P…
General
Standards EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN 61000-4, IEC 60068-2-6,
IEC 60068-2-27, EN 954-1 : Category 4,
EN ISO 13849-1 : PL e, EN IEC 62061 : SILCL 3, EN IEC 61508 : SIL 3
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 107.5 (6 space units) x 90 x 72
Mounting Top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715, 35 mm or screw fixing using fixing brackets
ZB4-101-GF1 (accessories)
Times
easySafety
Inputs
Max. duration of external test pulde ms 1
Semi-conductor output
Off test pulse ms <1
Off-delay ms <0.15
Terminal capacity
Solid mm2 0.2 – 4 (AWG 22 – 12)
Flexible with ferrule mm2 0.2 – 2.5 (AWG 22 – 12)
Standard screwdriver mm 3.5 x 0.8
Max. tightening torque Nm 0.6
Ambient climatic conditions
Operating ambient temperature °C –25 … 55, low temperatures to IEC 60068-2-1, high temperatures to IEC
60068-2-2
Condensation Prevent condensation by means of suitable measures
LCD display (clearly legible) °C 0…55
Storage °C –40…+70
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/EN 60068-2-30) % 5…95
Air pressure (in operation) hPa 795…1080
Ambient mechanical conditions
Degree of protection, IP20
Vibrations (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)
constant amplitude 0.15 mm Hz 10…57
constant acceleration 2 g Hz 57…150
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) Shocks 18
semi-sinusoidal 15 g/11 ms
Drop to IEC/EN 60068-2-31 Drop mm 50
Mounting position Horizontal/vertical
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) according to IEC/EN 61000-6-2
Electrostatic discharge (IEC/EN 61000-4-2, Level 3, ESD)
Air discharge kV 8
Contact discharge kV 6
Radio interference suppression (EN 55011) EN 55011 Class B, EN 55022 Class B
Power pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5, level 2) kV 1 (supply cables, symmetrical)
Insulation resistance
Clearance in air and creepage distances EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, No. 142, EN 60664-1:2003
Insulation resistance EN 50178
Back-up/accuracy of the real-time clock
Accuracy of the real-time clock s/day normally g 5 (g 0.5 hxyear)
Repetition accuracy of timing relays in standard circuit
Accuracy of timing relay (of value) % g 0.02
Resolution
Range “S” ms 5
Range “M:S” s 1
Retentive memory
Write cycles of the retentive memory (minimum) 1000000000 (1010) (read/write cycles)
Power supply
Rated operational voltage Ue V 24 DC (-15/+20%)
Permissible range V DC 20.4…28.8
Residual ripple % F5
Interfaces
easyNet (CAN based)
Bus termination (first and last station) yes (not with ES4P-1…)
Control mode easyNet
Number of users max. 8 (not with ES4P-1…)
Technical data 3/7
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 ES4P…

ES4P…
NET network
Station Number max. 8
Data transfer rate/distance 1000 kBit/s, 6 m
500 kBit/s, 25 m
250 kBit/s, 60 m
125 kBit/s, 125 m
50 kBit/s, 300 m
20 kBit/s, 700 m
10 kBit/s, 1000 m
easySafety
Potential isolation
From power supply Yes
From the inputs Yes
From the outputs Yes
From the PC interface, memory card, NET network, EASY-Link Yes
Bus termination (first and last station) Yes
Connection RJ45
Digital inputs 24 V DC
Number 14
Inputs can be used as analog inputs –
Status indication LCD display (if provided)
Potential isolation
From power supply No
Between digital inputs No
From the outputs Yes
To PC interface, memory card, easyLink No
To network easyNet Yes
Rated operational voltage Ue V DC 24
At signal ”0” Ue V DC <5
At signal ”1” Ue V DC > 15
Clock output
Number 4
Voltage V DC 24
Electrical isolation no
Relay outputs
Number 4 for ES4P-...-DR..
1 redundant for ES4P-…-DM…
Outputs in groups of 1
Parallel switching of outputs to increase performance not permissible
Protection of an output relay Fuse: 6 A gG,
Circuit-breaker with characteristic C: 24 V DC 4 A,
Short-circuit current < 250 A
Potential isolation
From the inputs Yes
To PC interface, memory card, easyNet, easyLink Yes
Safe isolation according to EN 50178 V AC 300
Basic insulation V AC 600
Lifespan, mechanical Operations x 106 10
Contacts
Conventional thermal current A 6
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp contact coil kV 6
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 250
Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC 250
safe isolation to EN 50178 between coil and contact V AC 300
Making capacity
AC-15, 230 V AC, 3 A Operations 80000
DC-13, 24 V DC, 5 A, 0.1 Hz Operations 40000
Switching frequency
Mechanical operations x 106 10
Switching frequency Hz 10
UL/CSA
UL 508 B300/R300
Notes The following applies to data transfer rate/distance in the NET network: Bus lengths greater than 40 m can only be achieved with enhanced cross-
section conductors and terminal adapters.
3/8 Technical data
ES4P… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
ES4P…
Transistor outputs
Number 4
Permissible range Ue V DC 20.4 – 28.8
Protection against polarity reversal yes (Caution: A short circuit will result if 0 V or earth is applied to
the outputs in the event that the supply voltage is connected to
the wrong poles.)
easySafety
Potential isolation
From the inputs Yes
To PC interface, memory card, network, easyNet, Yes
easyLink
Rated operational current at signal "1" DC Ie A max. 0.5
With condition “1” at Ie = 0.5 A V U = Ue -1 V
Short-circuit protective device yes, thermal
Short-circuit tripping current for Ra F 10 mO A 0.7 F Ie F 2 per output
Total short-circuit current A 8
Peak short-circuit current A 16
Thermal cutout Yes
Max. operating frequency at constant resistive load RL < 100 kO Ops/h 40000
(dependant on program and load)
Parallel connection of outputs No
Status indication of the outputs LCD display (if provided)
Inductive load
Without external suppressor circuit
With external suppressor circuit
Utilization factor g 1
Duty factor % DF 100
Max. switching frequency, max. duty factor Operations Depending on the suppressor circuit
Notes For inductive load, without external suppressor circuit, of transistor output is valid:
T0.95 = time in ms, until 95 % the stationary current is reached. T0.95 Q 3 x T0.65 = 3 x L/R.
Ordering 3/9
Expansions, bus modules, Ethernet modules
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 easy2…, easy4…, easy6…, EC4E…, MFD-
Inputs Outputs Connection via Supply Part no. Price Std. pack
voltage Article no. see price
Digital Analog of Relay Transistor Analog easyLink CANopen list
which 10 A
usable (UL)
I/O expansion modules

For use with easy700/800, ES4P, EC4P, MFD-CP8, EC4E and EASY200-EASY through easyLink
12 – – 6 – – ✔ – 100/240 V AC EASY618-AC-RE 1 off
212314
easy Control
12 – – 6 – – ✔ – 24 V DC EASY618-DC-RE
232112
12 – – – 8 – ✔ – 24 V DC EASY620-DC-TE
212313
6 – – 4 – – ✔ – 24 V DC EASY410-DC-RE
114293 New
6 – – – 4 – ✔ – 24 V DC EASY410-DC-TE
114294 New
– – – 2 – – ✔ – 24 V DC EASY202-RE1)
232186
Can be used for easy800, EC4P, MFD-CP8 and EC4E through easyLink
1 22) 2 – 2 1 ✔ – 24 V DC EASY406-DC-ME 1 off
114295 New
1 63) 2 – 2 2 ✔ – 24 V DC EASY411-DC-ME 1 off
116567 New
For use with XC100/200, EC4P and MFD4 through CANopen

6 – – 4 – – – ✔ 24 V DC EC4E-221-6D4R1 1 off
114296 New
6 – – – 4 – – ✔ 24 V DC EC4E-221-6D4T1 1 off
114297 New
Notes 1) Not for use in combination with EASY719-DA-… basic devices 3) 2

x 0 – 10 V and 2 x 0 – 20 mA and 2 x RTD (2/3-wire connection);
Cannot be used on the EASY200-EASY coupling module Voltage inputs (0 – 10 V), optionally usable as digital inputs
2) 2 x 0 – 10 V or 2 x 0 – 20 mA or 2 x RTD (2/3-wire connection);
Voltage inputs (0 – 10 V), optionally usable as digital inputs

Display/operating unit
Graphics display: 132 x 64 pixels with switchable backlight
Customized laser inscription, MFD-Combination-* possible a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/48
Switchable Status-LED
IP65, removable titanium front frame
With keypad and Moeller company logo MFD-80-B 1 off
NEMA 4x in combination with protective diaphragm 265251
MFD-XM-80 a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/47
With keypad, without Moeller logo MFD-80-B-X 1 off
NEMA 4x in combination with protective diaphragm 284905
MFD-XM-80 a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/47
CANopen communication module

Communication module with CANopen interface
For use with HMI device MFD-80… and connection cable EU4A-RJ45-CAB2 (a page 3/9)
Automatic baud rate setting up to 1 Mbit/s;
24 V DC EC4P MFD-CP4-CO 1 off
XC100/200 115736 New
Other devices with CANopen interface
Spare connection cables

For connecting the EC4P (RJ45) to MFD-CP4-CO or EC4P EU4A-RJ45-CAB2 1 off
EC4E (terminal block) EC4E 115387 New
MFD-CP4-C0
Complete product range a Industrial Switchgear Main Catalogue, HPL0211-2007/2008, Chapter 4 and at http://catalog.moeller.net
3/10 Technical data
Expansion
easy4…, EC4E… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
EASY4…-DC-…E
EC4E-221-…
General
Standards EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN 61000-4, IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60068-2-27
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm 71.5 x 90 x 58 (4 PE)
Weight kg 0.2
Mounting Top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715, 35 mm or screw fixing using fixing brackets
ZB4-101-GF1 (accessories)
easy Control
Terminal capacities
Solid mm2 0.2/4 (AWG 22 – 12)
Flexible with ferrule mm2 0.2/2.5 (AWG 22 – 12)
Max. tightening torque Nm 0.6
Climatic environmental conditions
Operating ambient temperature °C –25 … 55, low temperatures to IEC 60068-2-1, high temperatures to
IEC 60068-2-2
Condensation Take appropriate measures to prevent condensation
Storage °C –40…70
Air pressure (operation) hPa 795…1080
Ambient conditions, mechanical
Degree of protection IEC/EN 60529 IP 20
Constant amplitude 0.15 mm Hz 10…57
Constant acceleration 2 g Hz 57…150
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) semi- Impacts 18
Drop to IEC/EN 60068-2-31 Drop height mm 50
Free fall, packaged (IEC/EN 60068-2-32) m 1
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Overvoltage category/pollution degree II/2
Air discharge kV 8
Contact discharge kV 6
Electromagnetic fields (IEC/EN 61000-4-3, RFI) V/m 10
Radio interference suppression (EN 55011) EN 55011 Class B, EN 55022 Class B
Burst pulses (IEC/EN 61000-4-4, level 3)
Supply cables kV 2
Signal lines kV 2
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5, level 2) kV 0.5 (supply cables, symmetrical, EASY...DC)
Immunity to line-conducted interference to (IEC/EN 61000-4-6) V 10
Clearance in air and creepage distances EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, No. 142
Technical data 3/11
Expansion
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 easy4…, EC4E…
EASY410-DC-TE EASY4…-DC-ME EC4E-221-…
EASY410-DC-RE
Power supply
Rated operational voltage Ue V 24 DC (-15/+20%) 24 DC (-15/+20%) 24 DC (-15/+20%)
Admissible range V DC 20.4…28.8 20.4…28.8 20.4…28.8
Residual ripple % F5 F5 F5
Input current
At rated voltage without load mA Normally 140 Normally 40 Normally 150
easy Control
At rated voltage under load A – Normally 2 –
Voltage dips (IEC/EN 61131-2) ms 10 10 10
Heat dissipation W Normally 3.4 Normally 1 Normally 3.5
Interfaces
CANopen
Data transfer rate/distance – – 500 kBit/s, 25 m
250 kBit/s, 40 m
125 kBit/s, 125 m
50 kBit/s, 300 m
20 kBit/s, 700 m
10 kBit/s, 1000 m
Potential isolation nein
Bus termination (first and last station) – – Via integrated Dip switch
Connection types – – 2 x terminals (see

connection cross sections)
CANopen operating mode
Stations Number max. – max. – max. 62
PDO type – – Asynchronous, cyclic,
acyclic
Control contact rated current – – to DS301V4
Digital inputs 24 V DC
Number 6 max. 3 6
Potential isolation
From power supply No No No
Between digital inputs No No No
From the outputs Yes No Yes
Rated operational voltage Ue V DC 24 24 24
On 0 signal Ue V DC < 5 (R1 - R6) < 5 (R1 - R3) < 5 (R1 - R6)
On 1 signal Ue V DC > 15 (R1 - R6) > 15 (R1) > 15 (R1 - R6)
> 8 (R2, R3)
Input current on 1 signal
R1 - R6 (R12) mA 3.3 (at 24 V DC) – 3.3 (at 24 V DC)
R1 mA – 3.3 (at 24 V DC) –
R2, R3 mA – 2.2 (at 24 V DC) –
Delay time from 0 to 1
Debounce ON ms 20 100 20
Debounce OFF ms Normally 0.25 (R1 – R12) Normally 100 Normally 0.25 (R1 – R12)
Delay time from 1 to 0 ms 20 20 20
Cable length (unscreened) m 100 100 (R1) 100
3/12 Technical data
Expansion
EASY406-DC-ME EASY411-DC-ME
Analog inputs
Quantity 2 6
Potential isolation
From power supply No No
From the digital inputs No No
From the outputs No No
easy Control
For easyLink Yes Yes

Input type DC voltage DC voltage
Voltage
Signal range V DC 0 – 10 0 – 10
Input current mA 1 1
Resolution, analog mV 10 10
Input impedance kO 11,2 11,2
Max. current
Max. current mA 0 – 20 0 – 20
Resolution, analog mA 20 20
Input impedance, current inputs O 250 250
RTD
Temperature range °C -50…200 -50…200
Resolution, analog °C 0,25 0,25
Resolution Bit 10 (value 0 – 1023) 10 (value 0 – 1023)
Accuracy of actual value <g3% <g3%
Interference signal suppression Hz 50/60 50/60
Protection against polarity reversal Yes (Attention: A short-circuit will occur if voltage is applied to the outputs on account of
reverse polarity.)
Suppressor circuit No No
Diagnostics Open circuit (R13 current, R14 RTD) Open circuit (R13 current, R14 RTD)
Cable length screened m < 10 < 10
Analog outputs
Number 1 2
Potential isolation
From power supply No No
From the digital inputs No No
From the digital outputs No No
For easyLink Yes Yes
Output type DC voltage DC voltage
Signal range V DC 0 – 10 0 – 10
Max. output current mA 10 10
Load resistor kO 1 1
Overload and short-circuit protection Yes yes
Resolution, analog mV DC 10 10
Resolution, digital Bit 10 (value 0 – 1023) 10 (value 0 – 1023)
Accuracy
-25 °C … 55 °C % 2 2
25°C % 1 1
Technical data 3/13
Expansion
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 easy4…, EC4E…
EASY410-DC-RE
EC4E-221-DR…
Relay outputs
Number 4
Outputs in groups of 1
Parallel switching of outputs for increased output Not permissible
Protection of an output relay Miniature circuit-breaker B16 or fuse 8 A (slow)
Potential isolation
easy Control
From the inputs Yes
Potential isolation in groups Yes
Safe isolation V AC 300
Basic insulation V AC 600
Lifespan, mechanical Operations x 106 10
Contacts
Conventional thermal current (10 A UL) A 8
Recommended for load: 12 V AC/DC mA > 500
Short-circuit-proof, p.f. = 1, characteristic B16 at 600 A A 16
Short-circuit-proof, p.f. = 0.5 to 0.7, characteristic B16 at 900 A A 16
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp of contact coil kV 6
Safe isolation to EN 50178 between coil and contact V AC 300
Safe isolation to EN 50178 between 2 contacts V AC 300
Making capacity
AC-15, 250 V AC, 3 A (600 Ops./h) Operations 300000
DC-13 L/R F 150 ms 24 V DC, 1 A (500 Ops./h) Operations 200000
Breaking capacity
AC-15, 250 V AC, 3 A (600 Ops./h) Operations 300000
DC-13 L/R F 150 ms 24 V DC, 1 A (500 Ops./h) Operations 200000
Filament bulb load
1000 W at 230/240 V AC Operations 25000
500 W at 115/120 V AC Operations 25000
Fluorescent lamp load
Fluorescent lamp load 10 x 58 W at 230/240 V AC
With upstream electrical device Operations 25000
Uncompensated Operations 25000
Fluorescent lamp load 1 x 58 W at 230/240 V AC, conventional, Operations 25000
compensated
Switching frequency
Mechanical operations x 106 10
Switching frequency Hz 10
Resistive load/lamp load Hz 2
Inductive load Hz 0.5
UL/CSA
Uninterrupted current at 240 V AC A 10
Uninterrupted current at 24 V DC A 8
AC
Control Circuit Rating Codes (utilization category) B 300 Light Pilot Duty
Max. rated operational voltage V AC 300
Max. thermal uninterrupted current y = 1 at B 300 A 5
Max. make/break capacity y k 1 at B 300 VA 3600/360
DC
Control Circuit Rating Codes (utilization category) R 300 Light Pilot Duty
Max. rated operational voltage V DC 300
Max. thermal uninterrupted current at R 300 A 1
Max. make/break capacity at R 300 VA 28/28
3/14 Technical data
Expansion
EASY410-DC-TE EASY4…-DC-ME
EC4E-221-DT…
Transistor outputs
Number 4 2
Rated operational voltage Ue V DC 24 24
Admissible range Ue V DC 20,4 – 28,8 20,4 – 28,8
Residual ripple % 5 5
Supply current
easy Control
On 0 signal Typ./max. mA 9/16 24V/2A

On 1 signal Typ./max. mA 12/22 12/22
Protection against polarity reversal Yes (Caution: If reversed polarity voltage is applied to the outputs,
a short-circuit will occur.)
Potential isolation
From power supply Yes No
to PC interface, memory card, NET network, easyLink Yes Yes
Rated operational current at state “1” DC per channel Ie A Max. 0.5 1
Lamp load without Rv per channel W 5 5
Residual current on 0 signal per channel mA < 0.1 < 0.1
Max. output voltage
On 0 signal with external load < 10 MO V 2.5 2.5
On 1 signal with Ie = 0.5 A V U = Ue -1 V U = Ue -1 V
Short-circuit protection Yes, thermal (evaluation through diagnostics input R16)
Short-circuit tripping current for Ra F 10 mO A 0.7 F Ie F 2 per output 1.4 F Ie F 4
Total short-circuit current A 8 8
Peak short-circuit current A 16 16
Thermal cutout Yes Yes
Max. operating frequency with constant resistive load RL < 100 kO Ops./h 40000 40000
(depending on number of active channels and their load)
Parallel connection of outputs
With resistive load, inductive load with external suppressor circuit, Group 1: Q1 to Q4 Q1 and Q2
combination within a group
Number of outputs max. 4 2
Max. total current A 2 (Caution! Outputs must be actuated simultaneously and for the
same length of time.)
Technical data 3/15
Display/keypad, CPU
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 MFD-80…, MFD-CP4-CO
MFD-80.. MFD-CP4-CO
General
Standards EN 61000-6-1/-2/-3/-4, IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60068-2-27
Dimensions (w x h x d) mm 86.5 x 86.5 x 21.5 (with actuators) 75 x 58 x 36.2
86.5 x 86.5 x 20 (without actuators)
Weight kg 0.13 0.164
Mounting 2 x 22.5 mm, display fixed with 2 Fitted onto the fixing shaft of the
fixing rings. display
Wall thickness:
Without top-hat rail (CPU): 1 – 6 mm
easy MFD
With top-hat rail: 1 – 4 mm
Terminal capacities
Power supply
Solid mm2 – 0.5 – 2.5 (AWG 20 – 14)
Flexible with ferrules mm2 – 0.5 – 1.5 (AWG 20 – 16)
Standard screwdriver mm – 3.5 x 0.6
Data cable
Solid mm2 – 0.2 – 0.5 (AWG 24 – 20)
Operating ambient temperature °C -25 to 55, cold to IEC 60068-2-1, heat to IEC 60068-2-2
LCD display (clearly legible) °C -5… 50… (-10 … 0 when background
lighting is switched on (continuous
operation))
Storage °C –40…70 –40…70
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/EN 60068-2-30) % 5…95 5…95
Air pressure (operation) hPa 795…1080 795…1080
Pollution degree 3 2
Degree of protection IEC/EN 60529 IP 65 IP 20
Constant amplitude 0.15 mm Hz 10…57 10…57
Constant acceleration 2 g Hz 57…150 57…150
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) semi-sinusoidal 15 g/11 ms Impacts 18 18
Drop to IEC/EN 60068-2-31 Drop mm 50 50
Free fall, packaged (IEC/EN 60068-2-32) m 1 1
Mounting position Horizontal, vertical Horizontal, vertical
Air discharge kV 8 8
Contact discharge kV 6 6
Electromagnetic fields (IEC/EN 61000-4-3, RFI) V/m 10 10
Radio interference suppression (EN 55011) EN 55011 Class B, EN 55022 Class B EN 55011 Class B, EN 55022 Class B
Supply cables kV 2 2
Signal lines kV 2 2
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5) kV 2 (supply cables, symmetrical)
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5, level 2) kV 0.5 (supply cables, symmetrical) 1 (supply cables, symmetrical)
Immunity to line-conducted interference to (IEC/EN 61000- V 10 10

Clearance in air and creepage distances EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, No. 142 EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, No. 142
Insulation resistance EN 50178 EN 50178
Power supply
Rated operational voltage Ue V – 24 DC (-15x+20 %)
Admissible range V DC 20.4…28.8
Residual ripple % F– F5
Input current
at 24 V DC mA Normally – Normally 185
Voltage dips (IEC/EN 61131-2) ms – 10
Heat dissipation at 24 V DC W – 1.5
CANopen
Control contact rated current – To DS301V4
PDO type – Asynchronous (event-controlled)
Addresses – 1 to 63, can be set through display
Baud rate/length – 10 kByte up to 1 MByte,
Automatic detection
Manual setting via display possible.
Connection technique – 6-pole cage clamp terminal

Terminating resistor O – External 120
3/16 Ordering
Display/keypad, CPU
XC-…, XIO-…, EXT121-1, XT-…, ECP-SOFT Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Description Part no. Price Std. pack

list
XC100/121/200
PLC
XC121
PLC with compact design;
Modular PLC
24 V supply;
Two CANopen interfaces;
RS 232 interface for programming and communication;
Second RS 232/RS 485 interface;
Slot for memory card;
Connection through spring-loaded terminal blocks;
OPC server
Locally expandable with I/O module XIO- 256 kbyte program memory, 244 kByte data XC-CPU121-2C256K 1 off
EXT-121-1 memory 290446 New
I/O expansion modules

I/O expansion module for XC121
Expansion module with digital and analog inputs/outputs
Expandable with XI/OC signal modules (except XIOC-NET-DP-M)
Plug-in spring-loaded terminals
Local I/O expansion module for PLC Ten 24 V DC digital inputs, of which 6 interrupts XIO-EXT121-1 1 off
XC121 Eight digital 24 V DC inputs/outputs, 0.5 A 290450 New
Two 0 – 10 V analog inputs
Two 0 – 20 mA analog inputs
Two analog inputs for RTD
Two 0 – 10 V analog outputs
Accessories
Multimedia card
For storage of programs, data, recipes
For storage of programs, data and recipes 32 MByte XT-MEM-MM32M 1 off
with MFD4, XC100, XC121, XC200 262731
Programming cable RS232

2 m length SUB-D, 9-pin to RJ45, serial XT-SUB-D/RJ45 1 off
262186
Programming software
CoDeSys programming system according Menu selection in 5 languages ECP-SOFT 1 off
to IEC 61131-1 with Instruction List, ST, Operating systems: Win NT 4.0 SP6, Win 2000 106407
LD, FBD, AS and CFC SP3, Win XP SP2, Windows Vista
Bus configuration CANopen, PROFIBUS-
DP, XI/OC
Creation of visualisation for simulation
and WEB-visualisation
OPC configurator, many online and help
functions
Supports XC100, XC121, XC200 and EC4
Ordering 3/17
Accessories
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 EASY…-POW

Accessories
Switched-mode power supply unit
Primary-switched mode, stabilized
easy Control
Rated input voltage: 50/60 Hz: 100/240 V easy500 EASY200-POW 1 off
Rated output voltage: 24 V/12 V DC easy700 229424
Rated output current: 0.35 A/20 A easy800
MFD-CP8
EC4P
ES4P
Rated input voltage: 50/60 HZ: 100/240 V AC easy500 EASY430-POW
Rated output voltage (residual ripple): 24 V DC (g 3 %) easy700 110940 New
Rated output current: 1.25 A easy800
Power
MFD-CP8
EC4P
ES4P
Rated input voltage: 50/60 Hz: 100/240 V AC easy500 EASY500-POW
Power
MFD-CP8
EC4P
ES4P
Rated input voltage: 50/60 Hz: 100/240 V AC easy500 EASY600-POW
Power
MFD-CP8
EC4P
ES4P
Programming cable
USB, 2 m easy500 EASY-USB-CAB 1 off
easy700 107926 New
USB, 2 m easy800 EASY800-USB-CAB 1 off

MFD-CP8 106408 New
EC4P
ES4P
High-speed modem cable
Configurable modem, printer and programming cable, easy800 EASY800-MO-CAB 1 off
Transfer rate 56 kbit/s, MFD-..-CP8 286079 New
9-pin SUB-D plug (plug and socket for user-assembly) EC4P
ES4P
Input/output simulator
Input/output simulator with plug-in power supply unit 100/240 V AC; output easy500-DC EASY412-DC-SIM 1 off
24 V DC 212318
Input/output simulator with plug-in power supply unit 100/240 V AC; output easy700-DC EASY800-DC-SIM 1 off
24 V DC easy800-DC 256278 New
EC4P
3/18 Technical data
XC100/XC200
XC-CPU121-2C256K Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
XC-CPU121-2C256K
General
Standards IEC/EN 61131-2
EN 50178
Ambient temperature °C 0 to +55
Storage °C -25 to +70
Mounting position Horizontal
Modular PLC

Vibration resistance Frequency 5 – 9 Hz; amplitude 3.5 mm
9 – 150 Hz; 1.0 g constant acceleration
Shock resistance 15 g/11 ms
Overvoltage category II
Pollution degree 2
Protection type IP 20
Emitted interference EN 61000-6-4
Interference immunity EN 61000-6-2
Backup time At least 72 hours
Weight kg 0.15
a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/143
Connection
Supply voltage connection
Terminal capacity mm2 0.14 – 1 (AWG28-18)
COM1 interface
Connection type RJ45
COM2, CAN1, CAN2 interface
Connection type Spring-loaded terminal block, 6-pole
Terminal capacity mm2 0.14 – 0.5 (AWG28-20)
Power supply
Input voltage V DC 24
Admissible range V DC 20,4…28,8
Power consumption W Max. 1.44
Input current mA 60
Maximum power loss (without local I/O) Pv W 6
Overvoltage protection Yes
Protection against polarity reversal Yes
Inrush current x In No limitation (limited only by upstream 24 V DC power supply
unit)
Hold-up time on supply drop-out
Duration of dip ms 10
Repetition rate s 1
External supply filter Part no.: XT-FIL-1, a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/85
Technical data 3/19
XC100/XC200
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 XC-CPU121-2C256K
XC-CPU121-2C256K
Memory
Program code and program data kByte 256/244
Marker/Input/Output/Retain data KByte 16/4/4/8
Cycle time for 1 k of instructions (Bit, Byte) ms < 0.3
Interfaces
Serial interface (RS 232) without handshake lines
Modular PLC
Data transfer rate kBit/s Programming
(Character format: 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit)
19.2, 38.4 (default), 57.6
Connection technique RJ45
Potential isolation No
in the transparent mode
Data transfer rate KBit/s 0.3, 0.6, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 38.4, 57.6, 115.2
Character formats 8E1, 8O1, 8N1, 8N2, 7E2, 7O2, 7N2, 7E1
Number of Send bytes in each block 190
Number of Receive bytes in each block 190
COM2 (RS232/RS485) without handshake lines
Data transfer rate KBit/s Transparent mode
(set through function blocks)
0.3, 0.6, 1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 38.4, 57.6
Character formats 8E1, 8O1, 8N1, 8N2, 7E2, 7O2, 7N2, 7E1
(set through function blocks)
Bus termination External, for RS 485
CAN1/CAN2 interface
Baud rate kBit/s 10 … 500
Station 126
Bus termination Selectable for each interface (CAN1/CAN2)
PDO type Asyn., cyc., acyc.
Power supply of local inputs/outputs (24 VQ/0 VQ)
Voltage range V DC 19.2 – 30, note polarity
Potential isolation
Power supply against CPU voltage Yes
3/20 Technical data
XC100/XC200
XIO-EXT121-1 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
XIO-EXT121-1
General
EN 50178
Ambient temperature °C 0 to +55
Storage °C -25 to +70
Mounting position Horizontal
Modular PLC

Vibration resistance Frequency 5 – 9 Hz; amplitude 3.5 mm
9 – 150 Hz; 1.0 g constant acceleration
Shock resistance 15 g/11 ms
Overvoltage category II
Pollution degree 2
Protection type IP 20
Emitted interference EN 61000-6-4
Interference immunity EN 61000-6-2
Backup time At least 72 hours
Weight kg 0.15
a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 4/143
Connection
X1 plug
Plug type Spring-loaded terminal block, 20-pole, B2L 3.5 (Weidmüller)
Terminal capacity (solid) mm2 0.5 – 1
X2/X3 plug
Plug type Spring-loaded terminal block, 10-pole, BLZF 3.5/180 or BLI/O 3.5/
10F with LEDs (Weidmüller)
Terminal capacity (solid) mm2 0.5 – 1
Power supply
Hold-up time on supply drop-out
Duration of dip ms 10
Repetition rate s 1
Admissible range V DC 20.4…28.8
Power consumption W Max. 1.68
Input current mA 70
Protection against polarity reversal Yes
Inrush current x In Max. 1 A
Signal module output voltage
Max. field current IL A 2
Technical data 3/21
XC100/XC200
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 XIO-EXT121-1
XIO-EXT121-1
Digital inputs
Number X2: Nine with plug BLI/O 3.5/10F or 10 with plug BLZF 3.5/180
X3: Eight (can also be used as outputs)
On 0 signal Ue V DC <5
On 1 signal Ue V DC > 15
Modular PLC
Rated current
At state “1” Ie mA 3.3
Delay time
X2: DI0…DI3 ms 20
X2: DI4…DI9 ms 250
X2: DX0…DX7 ms 20
Digital outputs
Number With X3: Eight (can also be used as inputs)
Admissible range 20.4 … 28.8 V DC
Residual ripple % 5
Rated current
at state "1" Ie A 0.5 at 24 V AC
Utilization factor % g 1
Duty factor ms 100 %
Lamp load without Rv W 5
Residual current on 0 signal per channel mA < 0,1
Max. output voltage
On 0 signal with external load < 10 MO V 2,5
On 1 signal with Ie = 0.5 A V U = Ue – 1 V
Short-circuit detection threshold
Short-circuit tripping current for Ra F 10 mO A 0.7 F Ie F 2 per output
Total short-circuit current A 16
Peak short-circuit current A 32
max. operating frequency Ops./h 40000
Can be switched in parallel yes
Analog inputs 0 – 10 V
Number of channels 2
Input voltage range V 0…10
Resolution Bit 10
Conversion time ms F5
Overall accuracy F g 1 % (of end of scale)
Input impedance kO 200
Analog inputs 0 – 20 mA
Input voltage range mA 0…20
Resolution Bit 10
Input impedance O 50
Pt100
Temperature range °C -200…+200
Resistance range O 18.5…175.8
Resolution Bit 10
Overall accuracy F g2%
Analog outputs
Output voltage range V 0…10
Resolution Bit 12
External load resistance R kO 10
3/22 Technical data
Switched-mode power supply units
EASY…-POW Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
EASY200-POW EASY400-POW EASY500-POW EASY600-POW
General
Standards EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN 61000-4, IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60068-2-27, EN 61000-
6-2
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 35.5 x 90 x 58 (2 71.5 x 90 x 58 (4 71.5 x 90 x 58 (4 107.5 x 90 x 58
space units) TE) PE) (6 space units)
Weight kg 0.1 0.25 0.28 0.3
Mounting Top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715, 35 mm or screw fixing using fixing brackets ZB4-101-GF1
easy Control
(accessories)
Terminal capacities
Solid mm2 0.2/4 (AWG 22 – 12)
Flexible with ferrule mm2 0.2/2.5 (AWG 22 – 12)
Standard screwdriver mm 3.5 x 0.8 3.5 x 0.8 3.5 x 0.8 3.5 x 0.8
Max. tightening torque Nm 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
Operating ambient temperature °C –25 … 55, low temperatures to IEC 60068-2-1, high temperatures to IEC 60068-2-2

Storage °C –40…70 –40…70 –40…70 –40…70
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/EN % 5…95 5…95 5…95 5…95
60068-2-30)
Air pressure (operation) hPa 795…1080 795…1080 795…1080 795…1080
Max. installation altitude above sea level, observe m 2000 2000 2000 2000
derating with higher altitudes
Pollution degree 2 2 2 2
Degree of protection IEC/EN 60529 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20 IP 20
Constant amplitude 0.15 mm Hz 10…57 10…57 10…57 10…57
Constant acceleration 2 g Hz 57…150 57…150 57…150 57…150
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) semi-sinusoidal Impacts 18 18 18 18
15 g/11 ms
Drop to IEC/EN 60068-2-31 Drop height mm 50 50 50 50
Free fall, packaged (IEC/EN 60068-2-32) m 1 1 1 1
Air discharge kV 8 8 8 8
Contact discharge kV 6 6 6 6
Electromagnetic fields (IEC/EN 61000-4-3, RFI) V/m 10 10 10 10
Radio interference suppression (EN 55011) EN 55011 Class B; EN 55022 Class B, EN 50081-2 Class B
Burst pulses (IEC/EN 61000-4-4, level 3) kV 2 2 2 2
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5) kV 2 (supply cables, symmetrical)
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5, kV 0.5 (outgoer cables symmetrical, EASY...DC)
level 2), 24 V
Immunity to line-conducted interference to (IEC/ V 10 10 10 10
EN 61000-4-6)
Surge voltage (EN 50178), 24 V kV 6 6 6 6
Clearance in air and creepage distances EN 50178
Protection class Uout to Uin Class II to IEC 60536
Potential isolation primary/secondary Yes, SELV (VDE 0100 Part 410; IEC 60364-4-41, HD 384.4.41 S2) EN 60950, EN
50178
Input voltage
Rated input voltage AC V 100/120/230/240 (–15/+10 %)
Protective switches AC FAZ-C1/1 or FAZ-B6/1
Rated input voltage DC V 85 – 264 85 – 264 85 – 264 85 – 264
DC protective switches FAZ-C2/1-DC
Voltage range V AC 85 – 264 85 – 264 85 – 264 85 – 264
Frequency range Hz 47 – 63 47 – 63 47 – 63 47 – 63
Mains failure bridging 115/230 V (IEC/EN 61000- ms > 10/> 20 > 20/> 40 > 20/> 40 > 20/> 40
4-11)
Fuse 115/230 V A 1.5 slow 2/1 slow 2/1 slow 2/1 slow
Technical data 3/23
Switched-mode power supply units
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 EASY…-POW
EASY200-POW EASY400-POW EASY500-POW EASY600-POW
Rating data
Efficiency % > 80 > 83 > 85 > 85
Power consumption W Normally 7 Normally 35 Normally 70 Normally 115
Power loss W Normally 1 Normally 5 Normally 10 Normally 18
Input current
Input current rated value 115/230 V AC A Approx. 0.17/0.05 Approx. 0.6/0.3 Approx. 0.8/0.4 Approx. 1/0.5
easy Control
Inrush current at 25 °C 230 V A <5 < 18 < 30 < 30
Output voltage
12 V DC (reference voltage)
Rated value V DC 12 – – –
Tolerance % g4 – – –
Switching peaks mVSS <7 <– <– <–
Effect of input voltage % g1 – – –
Effect with 25 – 100 % load change % g1 – – –
24 V DC
Rated value V DC 24 24 24 24
Tolerance % g3 g3 g3 g3
Switching peaks 115/230 mVPP < 50/30 <5 <5 <5
Effect of input voltage % g1 g1 g1 g1
Effect with 25 – 100 % load change % g1 g2 g2 g2
Can be connected in parallel to increase – Yes Yes Yes

power or for redundancy
Output current
12 V DC (reference voltage)
Output current mA 0 – 20 – – –
Effectiveness of current limitation mA 20 – – –
Reduction of output voltage after V < 12 – – –
current limitation
Overload proof Yes, by current – – –
limitation permanently
short-circuit proof
Proof against sustained short circuit Yes – – –

24 V DC
Output current A 0 – 0.35 0 – 1.25 0 – 2.5 0 – 4.2
Effectiveness of current limitation A > 0.4 > 1.5 > 2.8 > 4.8
Reduction of output voltage after V <– < 18 < 18 < 18
current limitation
Overload proof Yes, by current limitation
Proof against sustained short circuit Yes, hickup-mode Yes, hickup mode, approx. 2 Hz
Special load conditions
Lamp load, cold, 24 V DC W 2 10 – –
Base load present W 1 5 – –
Behaviour on emergency-stop in 24 V circuit, W 6 30 – –
disconnection with contactor (contactor
load, no damage)
Displays
Indication of output voltage (LED, V DC 24 24 24 24
continuous green light = OK)
3/24 Ordering Ordering 3/25
Timing relays Timing relays
ETR2… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 ETR2…
24 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
24 – 48 V DC
Rated operational Conventional Time range Part no. Price Std. pack Function Terminal marking according Function Terminal marking according Notes
current AC-15 thermal current Article no. see price list to EN 50042 to EN 50042
230 V
Ie Ith
Electronic relays
Electronic relays
A A
ETR2 electronic timing relays, 17.5 mm wide

1 changeover contact
On-delay 3 6 0.05 – 1 s ETR2-11 1 off Fixed A1 15 – –
1.5 – 30 s 262684 11, on-delayed Time functions a Engineering
5 – 100 s
1.5 – 30 min
A2 16 18
5 – 100 min
Off-delay 3 6 0.5 – 10 h ETR2-12 Fixed – – B1 A1 15
5 – 100 h 262686 12, off-delayed
A2 16 18
Fleeting contact on 3 6 ETR2-21 Fixed A1 15 – –

energization 262687 21, fleeting contact on
energization
A2 16 18
Flashing, pulse generating 3 6 ETR2-42 Fixed A1 15 – –

262688 42, flashing, pulse generating
A2 16 18
Flashing, 2 times 3 6 ETR2-44 Fixed – – B1 A1 15

(ON/OFF time variable) 262730 44, flashing, 2 variable times
Can be set to either pulse or
pause initiating.
A2 16 18
Multi-function relay 3 6 ETR2-69 Adjustable A1 15 Adjustable B1 A1 15

262689 11, on-delayed 22, fleeting contact on
12, off-delayed de-energization
21, fleeting contact on 82, pulse shaping
A2 16 18
energization 82, pulse shaping A2 16 18
2 changeover contact
On-delayed 3 6 0.05 – 1 s ETR2-11-D 1 off Fixed A1 15 25 – –
1.5 – 30 s 119426 New 11, on-delayed
5 – 100 s
1.5 – 30 min
5 – 100 min A2 16 18 26 28
Off-delayed 3 6 0.5 – 10 h ETR2-12-D Fixed – –

5 – 100 h 119427 New 12, off-delayed
B1 A1 15 25
A2 16 18 26 28
Multifunction relay 31) 6 ETR2-69-D Adjustable A1 15 25 Adjustable B1 A1 15 25

119428 New 11, on-delayed 22, fleeting contact on
12, off-delayed de-energization
21, fleeting contact on 82, pulse shaping
energization A2 16 18 26 28 82, pulse shaping A2 16 18 26 28
42, flashing, pulse generating
Notes 1) 3 A N/O contact, 0.75 A N/C contact
3/26 Technical data
Timing relays
ETR2… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
ETR2-...D
General
Standards IEC/EN 61812, VDE 0435
Lifespan, mechanical
AC operated Operations x 106 30
Electronic relays
DC operated Operations x 106 30

Climatic proofing Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78;
Damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60068-2-30
Ambient temperature
Open °C –25…60
Enclosed °C –25…60
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
Half-sinusoidal shock, 20 ms
Make contact g 4
Degree of protection
Terminals IP 20
Weight kg 0,05
Terminal capacities
Solid mm2 1 x (0.75 – 2.5)
2 x (0.75 – 1.5)
Flexible with ferrule mm2 1 x (0.75 – 2.5)
2 x (0.75 – 1.5)
Solid or stranded AWG 1 x (20 – 14)
Contacts
AC-15
220 V (230 V) Ie A 33)
AC12
AC-12 at 230 V Ie A 5
DC12
DC-12 at 24 V Ie A 5
DC-13
24 V Ie A 24)
Conv. thermal current Ith A 6
Short-circuit rating without welding2)
Max. fuse, make contacts A gG/gL 105)
Max. fuse, break contacts A gG/gL 65)
Magnet systems
Voltage tolerance
Pick-up voltage
AC operated Pick-up x Uc 0,85…1,1
DC operated1) Pick-up x Uc 0,85…1,1
Minimum command time
AC ms 30
DC ms 30
Repetition accuracy (deviation) % F 0,5
Recovery time (after 100% time delay) ms 50
Contact changeover time2) tu ms 10
Notes 1) Making and breaking conditions to DC-13, time constant as stated

2) When supplied directly from mains or transformer > 1000 VA
3) ETR2-69-D: 3 A N/O contact, 0.75 A N/C contact
4) ETR2-69-D: 1 A
5) Short-circuit strength: Use quick-acting fuses
Dimensions 3/27
Basic units
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 easy
easy200 easy400 easy600
easy500 easy700
7.5 10.75 50 16.25 75 16.25
M4
easy relay, SmartWire

110
102
90
102
110
90
110
102
90
M4 M4
7.5 107.5
35.75
35.5
71.5
easy200
easy400
easy500
easy600
easy700
45
4.5
47.5
56.5
58
easy800
ES4P
16.25 75 16.25
M4
45
110
102
90
4.5
48.5
70.5
72
107.5
3/28 Dimensions
Display/operating unit, communication module, timing relay
MFD-80…, ETR2…-D Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
MFD-80… + MFD-CP4…
86.5
58
Electronic relays
75 29.3 36.2
86.5 65.5
MFD-80..
17
22.3 +0.4
32
86.5
30
28.25 30 g0.2 28.25 21.5 12.25
62 42
86.5
Electronic timing relay

ETR2...-D
43.4
45
80
17.5 5 58
Dimensions 3/29
Modular PLC, I/O expansion
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 XC-CPU121..., XIO-EXT121-1
XC-CPU121...
50
100
Electronic relays
35
50
90 47
16 22.75 37.25
6
88
8.5
6.8
4.5
XIO-EXT121-1
50
100
35
50
90 47
16 22.75 37.25
6
88
8.5
6.8
4.5
Moeller NK2100-1179
DILM contactors
DILM contactors
Page
DILM contactors
AC and DC contactor system xStart New Test block
Continuous operation requires a high operational 4-pole DILMP contactor up to 200 A DILM32-XMAN Ordering 4/2
reliability from the devices used. - Identical frame sizes for AC- and DC-operated - Off load switching of contactors
DILM contactors have the best lifespan values for contactors simplify engineering. up to 32A. Basic devices up to 170 A 4/2
- Minimized heat dissipation allows a higher packing - Simple and fast control circuit
standard AC-3 and are also exceptionally well suited for density in the control panel. testing. Auxiliary contact modules DILM, DILA 4/12
the heavier AC-4 inching duty. This increases the safety - Higher wiring safety due to double box terminals. Page 4/13 Accessories 4/13
- Less intermediate relays because contactors up to
of the machine and system also during the set up and 45 A can be directly actuated from the PLC.
Actuating voltages 4/14
changeover phases. - Simple engineering due to built-in suppressors in Engineering 4/17
the DC-operated contactors
- Two-way mechanical interlock can be mounted Technical data 4/19
without extra spacing between contactors.
- Uniform accessories for 3-pole and 4-pole Dimensions 4/31
contactors
- New DILMP32(45)-01... with built-in N/C contact New Printed board contact
extends application possibilities. DILMP contactors
DILM12-XPBC
- Advantage over contactors Ordering 4/4
Page 4/4
with PCB-mounted circuits: The
New Motor suppressor module printed board contact allows fast Basic devices up to 200 A, 4-pole 4/4
DILM12-XMSM mounting/removal as soldering is
no longer necessary. That saves Actuating voltages 4/15
- New Unique motor suppressor
time and cost. Engineering 4/16
module that can be mounted on the
- Open system: Contactors can still
contactor without using a tool.
be mounted on top-hat rail. That Technical data 4/23
- Tool-less plug connection: Simple
means design flexibility.
and fast mounting/removal via
- Increased lifespan of contactor Dimensions 4/32
interface on standard contactors
contacts increases operational
DILM7 - M15 saves time and cost.
safety and system availability.
- Increased lifespan of contactor
- Use of DILM7 - M15 standard Contactors DILH
contacts increases operational safety
contactors simplified by reduced Contactors DILM…-S
and system availability.
stock variety as no special
- EMC-suitable design - reduced Ordering 4/6
contactor (with PCB circuit) needs
contact arcing gives optimal
to be used.
interference reduction. Comfort devices above 150 A 4/6
Page 4/13
Page 4/13 Standard devices above 150 A 4/8
Technical data 4/26
Dimensions 4/31
Contactor combinations SDAINL

New Side-mounting auxiliary New Contactor standard device New IP2X cover kits
Ordering 4/10
contact DILM570 up to 315 kW (AC-3/380 DILM32-XIP2X
DILA-XHI...S – 400 V) - Terminal covers for enhanced Star-delta combinations SDAINLM 4/10
- Smaller dimensions for 315 kW (AC-3/380 contact protection IP2X for xStart
- Side-mounting of auxiliary contact contactors DILM17...38. Dimensions 4/31
allows additional auxiliary contacts – 400 V) allow a higher packing density in the
control panel. - One-piece design for all
for contactors DILA and DILM7...15 at terminal areas simplifies
- Cost-effective solutions for motors up to For our full range of contactors see the Industrial Switchgear
shallow mounting depth. mounting terminal covers.
315 kW (AC-3/380 – 400 V). Main Catalogue, HPL0211-2007/2008, Chapter 5 and http://
- Auxiliary contact can be mounted
- Same AC-4 values as for DILM500. Page 4/13 catalog.moeller.net.
only on left side of contactor.
- Conventional coil actuation.
Page 4/12
Page 4/8
Basic units up to 170 A Basic units up to 170 A
DILM Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 DILM
AC operation DC operation
Rated Max. rating for three-phase motors, 50 – 60 Hz Conventional free air Contacts Contact Can be combined Part no. Price Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
operational thermal current Ith = sequence with auxiliary Article no. see price Article no. see price
current Ie AC-1 at 60 °C contact list list
AC-3 AC-3 AC-4 Open N/O = normally
380 V 400 V 220 V 380 V 660 V 220 V 380 V 660 V Ith = Ie open
230 V 400 V 690 V 230 V 400 V 690 V N/C = normally
closed
DILM contactors
DILM contactors
Ie P P P P P P
A kW kW kW kW kW kW A
Basic units
Screw terminals
3-pole 7 2.2 3 3.5 1 2.2 2.9 20 1 N/O – A1 1 3 5 13 DILM32-XHI.. DILM7-10(230V50HZ) DILM7-10(24VDC) 1 off
A2 2 6 14
DILA-XHI(V).. 276550 276565
4
7 2.2 3 3.5 1 2.2 2.9 20 – 1 N/C A1 1 3 5 21 DILA-XHI(V).. DILM7-01(230V50HZ) DILM7-01(24VDC)

A2 2 4 6 22
276585 276600
9 2.5 4 4.5 1.5 2.5 3.6 20 1 N/O – A1 1 3 5 13 DILM32-XHI.. DILM9-10(230V50HZ) DILM9-10(24VDC)
A2 2 4 6 14
DILA-XHI(V).. 276690 276705
9 2.5 4 4.5 1.5 2.5 3.6 20 – 1 N/C A1 1 3 5 21 DILA-XHI(V).. DILM9-01(230V50HZ) DILM9-01(24VDC)
A2 2 4 6 22
276725 276740
12 3.5 5.5 6.5 2 3 4.4 20 1 N/O – A1 1 3 5 13 DILM32-XHI.. DILM12-10(230V50HZ) DILM12-10(24VDC)
DILA-XHI(V).. 276830 276845
A2 2 4 6 14
3
12 3.5 5.5 6.5 2 3 4.4 20 – 1 N/C A1 1 3 5 21 DILA-XHI(V).. DILM12-01(230V50HZ) DILM12-01(24VDC)
A2 2 4 6 22
276865 276880
15.5 4 7.5 7 2 3 4.4 20 1 N/O – A1 1 3 5 13 DILM32-XHI.. DILM15-10(230V50HZ) DILM15-10(24VDC)
A2 2 4 6 14
DILA-XHI(V).. 290058 290073
15.5 4 7.5 7 2 3 4.4 20 – 1 N/C A1 1 3 5 21 DILA-XHI(V).. DILM15-01(230V50HZ) DILM15-01(24VDC) 2 1
A2 2 4 6 22
290093 290108
3-pole 18 5 7.5 11 2.5 4.5 6.5 35 1 N/O – A1 1 3 5 13 DILM32-XHI.. DILM17-10(230V50HZ) DILM17-10(RDC24)

A2 2 4 6 14
DILA-XHI(V).. 277004 277018 Accessories
DILM32-XHI11-S 1: Overload relay a HPL0211-2007/2008,
18 5 7.5 11 2.5 4.5 6.5 35 – 1 N/C A1 1 3 5 21 DILA-XHI(V).. DILM17-01(230V50HZ) DILM17-01(RDC24) page 6/7
DILM32-XHI11-S 277036 277050
A2 2 4 6 22 2: Suppressor a HPL0211-2007/2008,
25 7.5 11 14 3.5 6 8.5 40 1 N/O – A1 1 3 5 13 DILM32-XHI.. DILM25-10(230V50HZ) DILM25-10(RDC24) page 5/42
A2 2 6 14
DILA-XHI(V).. 277132 277146 3: Auxiliary contact a HPL0211-2007/2008,
4
DILM32-XHI11-S module page 5/28
25 7.5 11 14 3.5 6 8.5 40 – 1 N/C A1 1 3 5 21 DILA-XHI(V).. DILM25-01(230V50HZ) DILM25-01(RDC24) Further actuating a HPL0211-2007/2008,
A2 2 4 6 22
DILM32-XHI11-S 277164 277178 voltages page 5/53
32 10 15 17 4 7 10 40 1 N/O – A1 1 3 5 13 DILM32-XHI.. DILM32-10(230V50HZ) DILM32-10(RDC24) Accessories a HPL0211-2007/2008,
A2 2 6 14
DILA-XHI(V).. 277260 277274 page 5/43
4
DILM32-XHI11-S
32 10 15 17 4 7 10 40 – 1 N/C A1 1 3 5 21 DILA-XHI(V).. DILM32-01(230V50HZ) DILM32-01(RDC24)
DILM32-XHI11-S 277292 277306 The DC-operated contactors have integral suppressor
A2 2 4 6 22 circuits (DILM7 - DILM15: Varistor).
38 11 18.5 21 4 7 10 40 1 N/O – A1 1 3 5 13 DILM32-XHI.. DILM38-10(230V50HZ) DILM38-10(RDC24) Contactors DILM115, DILM150 and DILM170 have a
A2 2 6 14
DILA-XHI(V).. 112428 New 112442 New built-in suppressor circuit.
4
DILM32-XHI11-S Mirror contact for DILM7-01 to DILM32-01
38 11 18.5 21 4 7 10 40 – 1 N/C A1 1 3 5 21 DILA-XHI(V).. DILM38-01(230V50HZ) DILM38-01(RDC24) Contactor contact according to EN 50012
A2 2 4 6 22
DILM32-XHI11-S 112456 New 112470 New
3 pole 40 12.5 18.5 23 5 9 12 50 – – A1 1 3 5 DILM150-XHI(V).. DILM40(230V50HZ) DILM40(RDC24)

DILM1000-XHI(V).. 277766 277780
A2 2 4 6
50 15.5 22 30 6 10 14 65 – – A1 1 3 5 DILM150-XHI(V).. DILM50(230V50HZ) DILM50(RDC24)

DILM1000-XHI(V).. 277830 277844
A2 2 4 6
65 20 30 35 7 12 17 80 – – A1 1 3 5 DILM150-XHI(V).. DILM65(230V50HZ) DILM65(RDC24)

DILM1000-XHI(V).. 277894 277908
A2 2 4 6

DILM1000-XHI(V).. 107670 107671
A2 2 4 6
3 pole 80 25 37 63 12 20 26 90 – – A1 1 3 5 DILM150-XHI(V).. DILM80(230V50HZ) DILM80(RDC24)

DILM1000-XHI(V).. 239402 239416
A2 2 4 6

DILM1000-XHI(V).. 239480 239510
A2 2 4 6
115 37 55 90 17 28 43 130 – – A1 1 3 5 DILM150-XHI(V).. DILM115(RAC240) DILM115(RDC24)

DILM1000-XHI(V).. 239548 239555
A2 2 4 6

DILM1000-XHI(V).. 239588 239591
A2 2 4 6

DILM1000-XHI(V).. 107013 107016
A2 2 4 6
Basic units up to 170 A Basic units up to 170 A
DILMP 4-pole Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 DILMP 4-pole
AC operation DC operation
Rated operational current 50 - 60 Hz, open Conventional Contact sequence Can be combined with Part no. Price Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
thermal current Ith auxiliary contact Article no. see price list Article no. see price list
= Ie AC-1
AC-1 Open
40 °C 50 °C 60 °C Ith = Ie
A A A A
Contactors up to 200 A, 4-pole

DILMP
DILMP
22 21 20 20 A1 1 3 5 7 DILM32-XHI(C)... DILMP20(230V50HZ) DILMP20(24VDC) 1 off
DILA-XHI(V)(C)... 276970 276985
A2 2 4 6 8
32 30 28 32 A1 1 3 5 7 21 DILM32-XHI(C)... DILMP32-01(230V50HZ) DILMP32-01(RDC24) 1

DILA-XHI(V)(C)... 118911 New 118913 New
A2 2 4 6 8 22
DILMP32-10(230V50HZ) DILMP32-10(RDC24)
109797 109811
45 41 39 45 DILMP45-01(230V50HZ) DILMP45-01(RDC24)
118914 New 118916 New
DILMP45-10(230V50HZ) DILMP45-10(RDC24) 1
109826 109840
63 60 54 63 A1 1 3 5 7 DILM150-XHI(A)(V)... DILMP63(230V50HZ) DILMP63(RDC24)
or 109855 109869 2
A2 2 4 6 8
80 76 69 80 DILM1000-XHI11-SA 1) DILMP80(230V50HZ) DILMP80(RDC24) Accessories
or 109884 109898
DILM1000-XHI(V)11-SI1) 1: auxiliary contact a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 5/28
modules
2: suppressor a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 5/42
Further actuating voltages a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 5/53
Accessories a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 5/43
125 116 108 125 A1 1 3 5 7 DILM150-XHI(A)(V)... DILMP125(RAC240) DILMP125(RDC24)
DILM1000-XHI(V)...1) 109905 109910
A2 2 4 6 8
DC-operated contactors have integral suppressors
160 150 138 160 DILMP160(RAC240) DILMP160(RDC24) (DILMP20: varistor).
109915 109920 Contactors DILMP125, DILMP160 and DILMP200 have an
200 188 172 200 DILMP200(RAC240) DILMP200(RDC24) integrated suppressor.
109925 109930
200 188 172 200 DILM1000-XHI… can be fitted only on left side of DILMP…
Comfort devices above 150 A Comfort devices above 150 A
DILM, DILH Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 DILM, DILH
Rated Max. rating for three-phase motors, 50 – 60 Hz Conventional free Contact sequence Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
operational air thermal Article no. see price list
current current Ith = Ie
AC-1 at 40 °C
Contactors DILM, DILH

AC-3 AC-3 AC-4 Open
380 V 400 V 220 V 380 V 660 V 1000 V 220 V 380 V 660 V 1000 V Ith = Ie
230 V 400 V 690 V 230 V 400 V 690 V
Ie P P P P P P P P A
A kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
DILM contactors, comfort

185 55 90 175 108 41 75 127 108 275 A1 1 3 5 13 21 31 43 DILM185/22(RA250) 1 off
Conventional DILM185 to DILM1000, DILH1400 DILM1600, DILH2000, DILH2200
208193
225 70 110 215 108 51 90 155 108 315
A2 2 4 6 14 22 32 44
DILM225/22(RA250) A1/A2 are attached to power (+) L1 (+) L1
208197 supply as normal (–) N (–) N
250 75 132 240 108 62 110 189 108 350 DILM250/22(RA250)
208201 a a
A10 A2 A10 A2
A11 A1 A11 A1
300 90 160 286 132 75 132 229 132 400 DILM300/22(RA250) A3 TY A3

208205 A4 TX A4
400 125 200 344 132 92 160 283 132 500 DILM400/22(RA250)
208209
Direct from the
500 155 250 344 132 112 200 344 132 700 DILM500/22(RA250) PLC
208213
A 24 V output from the PLC (+) L1 (+) L1
can be directly connected to (–) N (–) N
terminals A3/A4.
580 185 315 560 600 143 250 440 509 800 DILM580/22(RA250) a a
208216 A10 A2 A10 A2
650 205 355 630 600 161 280 494 509 850 DILM650/22(RA250) A11 A1 A11 A1
208219
A3 TY A3
750 240 400 720 800 181 315 556 678 900 DILM750/22(RA250)
A4 TX A4
208222
820 260 450 750 800 209 355 633 678 1000 DILM820/22(RA250)
208225 24 V 24 V
1000 315 560 1000 1100 260 450 780 1000 1000 DILM1000/22(RA250) GND GND
267214 From a low-power actuating device
1600 500 900 1600 1) 430 750 1300 1) 1800 A1 1 3 5 13 21 31 43 DILM1600/22(RAW250) Low-power actuating devices (+) L1 (+) L1
106727 such as PCB relays, control (–) N (–) N
A2 2 4 6 14 22 32 44 circuit devices or position
switches can be directly a a
connected to A10/A11. A10 A2 A10 A2
b b
A11 A1 A11 A1
A3 TY A3
A4 TX A4
a Stopping in case of emergency (Emergency-stop)

AC-1 DILH contactors, comfort b Max. capacity 6 nF
1400 A1 1 3 5 13 21 31 43 DILH1400/22(RAW250) 1 off
272441
A2 2 4 6 14 22 32 44 All contactors can be combined with auxiliary contact module DILM 1000-XHI...
2000 DILH2000/22(RAW250)
272442
2200 DILH2200/22(RAW250)
111793 New
Notes 1) Please enquire Accessories

660 V, 690 V or 1000 V: not directly reversing Auxiliary contact modules a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 5/30
All contactors have an integrated suppressor Enclosures
When operating contactors DILM580 to DIL1600 with frequency inverter, the suppressor circuit on the load side must be removed. Further actuating voltages a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 5/59
During a high voltage test of contactors DILM580 to DILH2200 the suppressor circuit on the load side must be removed.
Control voltages
RA250 q 110 V – 250 V AC/DC
RAW250 q 230 V – 250 V AC/DC
Standard devices above 150 A Standard devices above 150 A
Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179
Rated Max. rating for three-phase motors, 50 – 60 Hz Conventional free air Contact sequence Can be combined Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
operational thermal current Ith = with auxiliary Article no. see price list
current Ie AC-1 at 40 °C contact

AC-3 AC-3 AC-4 Open
380 V 400 V 220 V 380 V 660 V 1000 V 220 V 380 V 660 V 1000 V Ith = Ie
230 V 400 V 690 V 230 V 400 V 690 V
Ie P P P P P P P P
A kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW A
Complete devices DILM

185 55 90 175 108 41 75 127 108 337 A1 1 3 5 13 21 31 43 DILM820-XHI... DILM185-S/22(220-240V50/60HZ) 1 off
274185 DILM...-S contactors are triggered in the conventional manner
A2 2 4 6 14 22 32 44
225 70 110 215 108 51 90 155 108 386 A1 1 3 5 13 21 31 43 DILM820-XHI... DILM225-S/22(220-240V50/60HZ) (+) L1
274187 (–) N
A2 2 4 6 14 22 32 44
250 75 132 240 108 62 110 189 108 429 A1 1 3 5 13 21 31 43 DILM820-XHI... DILM250-S/22(220-240V50/60HZ) a
274190 A2
A2 2 4 6 14 22 32 44
A1
300 90 160 286 132 75 132 229 132 490 A1 1 3 5 13 21 31 43 DILM820-XHI... DILM300-S/22(220-240V50/60HZ)
274193
A2 2 4 6 14 22 32 44
274196
A2 2 4 6 14 22 32 44 a Standstill in an emergency (Emergency-Stop)
274199
A2 2 4 6 14 22 32 44
110744 New
A2 2 4 6 14 22 32 44
Notes
660/690 V or 1000 V: not directly reversing
All contactors have a built-in suppressor circuit.
Accessories
Auxiliary contact modules a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 5/30
Enclosure
Further actuating voltages a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 5/59
Star-delta starter combinations Star-delta starter combinations
SDAINL Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 SDAINL
Rated Max. rating for three-phase Max. Part no. Price Std. Individual components of the combination Spare auxiliary contacts Notes
operational motors, 50 – 60 Hz changeover Article no. see price pack
AC-3 AC-3 time list Mains contactor Delta contactor Star contactor Q13 Timing relay Q11 Q13 Q15
380 V 400 V 220 V 380 V 500 V 660 V
Contactor combinations
Contactor combinations
230 V 400 V 690 V
Ie P P P P Part no. Part no. Part no. Part no.
A kW kW kW kW s
Star-delta combinations SDAINL

Operating frequency
max. 30 starts/hour
12 4 5.5 5.5 – 30 SDAINLEM(230V50HZ) 1 off DILEM-10 DILEM-01 DILEM-10 DILET 21 31 53 – –
051840 + 22DILEM + 02DILEM
22 32 54
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 20 SDAINLM12(230V50HZ) DILM7-10 DILM7-01 DILM7-01 ETR4-51 63 63 63
278286 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20

64 64 64
101380 New + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20

64 64 64
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 20 SDAINLM12(24VDC) DILM7-10 DILM7-01 DILM7-01 ETR4-51 63 63 63

64 64 64
1

64 64 64

64 64 64
16 4 7.5 7.5 7.5 20 SDAINLM16(24VDC) DILM9-10 DILM9-01 DILM7-01 ETR4-51 63 63 63

Accessories
100417 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 1: Overload relay a HPL0211-2007/2008,
64 64 64
22 5.5 11 11 11 20 SDAINLM22(230V50HZ) DILM12-10 DILM12-01 DILM7-01 ETR4-51 63 63 63 page 6/7

278336 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 Accessories a HPL0211-2007/2008,
64 64 64
22 5.5 11 11 11 20 SDAINLM22(400V50HZ) DILM12-10 DILM12-01 DILM7-01 ETR4-51 63 63 63 page 5/42

64 64 64
22 5.5 11 11 11 20 SDAINLM22(24VDC) DILM12-10 DILM12-01 DILM7-01 ETR4-51 63 63 63 Main circuit:

100418 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 Depending on the coordination type required (i.e.
64 64 64
30 7.5 15 18.5 18.5 20 SDAINLM30(230V50HZ) DILM17-10 DILM17-01 DILM17-01 ETR4-51 63 63 63

Type “1” or Type “2”) it must be established
278361 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 whether the fuse protection and the input wiring for
64 64 64 the mains contactor and delta contactor are to be
30 7.5 15 18.5 18.5 20 SDAINLM30(400V50HZ) DILM17-10 DILM17-01 DILM17-01 ETR4-51 63 63 63 common or separate.
64 64 64
30 7.5 15 18.5 18.5 20 SDAINLM30(RDC24) DILM17-10 DILM17-01 DILM17-01 ETR4-51 63 63 63

64 64 64
45 11 22 30 22 20 SDAINLM45(230V50HZ) DILM25-10 DILM25-01 DILM17-01 ETR4-51 63 63 63

64 64 64

64 64 64
45 11 22 30 22 20 SDAINLM45(RDC24) DILM25-10 DILM25-01 DILM17-01 ETR4-51 63 63 63

64 64 64

64 64 64

64 64 64
55 15 30 37 30 20 SDAINLM55(RDC24) DILM32-10 DILM32-01 DILM25-01 ETR4-51 63 63 63

64 64 64
70 18.5 37 45 37 20 SDAINLM70(230V50HZ) DILM40 DILM40 DILM40 ETR4-51 21 33 – –

239895 New + DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI11
22 34
70 18.5 37 45 37 20 SDAINLM70(400V50HZ) DILM40 DILM40 DILM40 ETR4-51 21 33 – –

22 34
90 22 45 55 45 20 SDAINLM90(230V50HZ) DILM50 DILM50 DILM40 ETR4-51 21 33 – –

22 34
115 30 55 75 55 20 SDAINLM115(230V50HZ) DILM65 DILM65 DILM40 ETR4-51 21 33 – –

22 34
140 37 75 90 90 20 SDAINLM140(230V50HZ)1) DILM80 DILM80 DILM50 ETR4-51 21 33 – –

22 34

22 34

22 34

22 34
Notes 1) On mounting plate.
4/12 Ordering
Auxiliary contact modules for DILM7 to DILM32
DILM, DILA Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Connection Conventional Contacts Contact Can be Part no. Price Std. pack
methode thermal sequence combined Article no. see price
current Ith = Ie with basic list
AC-1 at 60 °C unit
Open N/O = normally open,

N/OE = normally open (early make contact)
N/C = normally closed
DILM contactors
Ith = Ie
N/CL = norlmally closed (late break contact)
A
Auxiliary contact modules

With interlocked opposing contacts; except XHIV and XHICV
Top mounting auxiliary contacts
Electronic applications
Screw terminals 2 pole 16 1 N/O 1 N/C 53 61 DILM(C)7… DILA-XHIR11 5 off
DILM(C)9… 110140 New
54 62
DILM(C)12…
DILM(C)15…
DILM(C)17…
DILM(C)25…
DILM(C)32…
DILM38…
DILMP20…
DILMP32…
DILMP45…
DILL…
Side mounting auxiliary contacts
Screw terminals Side 10 1 N/O 1 N/C 13
44
21
32
DILM185 – DILM820-XHI11-SI 1 off
mounting 43 31
DILH2200 208281 New
14 22
Screw terminals Side 10 1 N/O 1 N/C 53

84
61
72
DILM185 – DILM820-XHI11-SA
mounting 83 71
DILH2200 208282 New
54 62
Screw terminals Side 10 1 N/OE 1 N/CL 17

48
25
36
DILM185 – DILM820-XHI11V-SI
mounting 47 35
DILH2200 208283 New
18 26
Screw terminals 1-pole 10 1 N/O – 53 DILM(C)7… DILA-XHI10-S

DILM(C)9… 115948 New
54
DILM(C)12…
Screw terminals 1-pole 10 – 1 N/C 61
DILM(C)15… DILA-XHI01-S
DILMP20… 115949 New
62
Spring-loaded 1-pole 10 1 N/O – 53

DILA(C)… DILA-XHIC10-S
terminals 115950 New
54
Spring-loaded 1-pole 10 – 1 N/C 61 DILA-XHIC01-S

terminals 115951 New
62
Ordering 4/13
Accessories
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 DILM
Motor suppressor module

Can be used at 380…575 V 50/60 Hz.
DILM contactors
DILM7 – DILM15 DILM12-XMSM 4 off • Tool-less version using tool-less plug connection
109399 New • RC suppressor
• Ambient temperature -25…+60 °C, open.
• Insulated material, inflammable resistant according to
UL 94.
• Weight = 0.05 kg.
Test cube
Suitable for switching on contactor off-load
DILM7 – DILM38 DILM32-XMAN 1 off –
DILA 110955 New
Printed board contact

For the adaption of a control circuit on a printed-
circuit board
DILM7 – DILM15 DILM12-XPBC 4 off –
DILA 109400 New
IP2X shrouding kit

DILM17 DILM32-XIP2X 1 off The shrouding kit consists of 2 three-pole and 2 single-pole
DILM25 118855 New shrouds.
DILM32
DILM38
DILMP32
DILMP45
DILM40 DILM65-XIP2X 8 off 2 shrouds are necessary per phase
DILM50 106491 New The shrouding kit consists of 8 shrouds
DILM65
DILM72
DILMP63
DILMP80
DILM80 DILM150-XIP2X 8 off 2 shrouds are necessary per phase
DILM95 106492 New The shrouding kit consists of 8 shrouds
DILM115
DILM150
DILM170
DILMP125
DILMP160
DILMP200
Load resistance for DC contactors to increase
power absorption
DILM17 DILM32-XSPLW24 1 off Mounted in a suppressor circuit enclosure.
DILM25 112419 New Required for actuation with special PLC outputs, e.g. Beckhoff
DILM32 safety PLC.
DILM38
DILMP32
DILMP45
4/14 Ordering
New Actuating voltages
DILM Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
AC DILM38-10(...) DILM38-01(...) DILM72(...)
Article no.1) Article no.1) Article no.1)

Standard voltages see price list see price list see price list
24V 50Hz 112378 112446 –

DILM contactors
240V 50Hz 112420 112448 109183

42V 50Hz 112424 112453 –
48V 60Hz
110V 50Hz 112425 112454 109191
120V 60Hz
190V 50Hz 112426 112455 –
220V 60Hz
220V 50Hz 112427 112456 –
240V 60Hz
230V 50Hz 112428 112457 107670
240V 60Hz
380V 50Hz 112429 112458 –
440V 60Hz
400V 50Hz 112430 112459 109195
440V 60Hz
415V 50Hz 112431 112460 –
480V 60Hz
24V 50Hz/60Hz 112432 112461 109197
42V 50Hz/60Hz 112433 112462 –
110V 50Hz/60Hz 112434 112463 109199
220V 50Hz/60Hz 112435 112464 109200
230V 50Hz/60Hz 112436 112465 109201
Special voltages see price list see price list see price list
other than the already shown normal voltages 2)
...V 50Hz (24 – 600V) 112440 7) 112468 7) 109205 7)

...V 60Hz (24 – 600V) 112441 7) 112469 7) 109206 7)
DC current DILM38-10(...) DILM38-01(...) DILM38-01(...)
Article no.1) Article no.1) Article no.1)

Standard voltages see price list see price list see price list
RDC 24 3) 112442 112470 107671

RDC 60 4) 112443 112471 –
RDC 130 5) 112444 112472 –
RDC 240 6) 112445 112473 109209
Notes 1) The article no. consists of the part number and the actuating voltage.
Devices with dual-voltage coils are to be ordered under a single order number.
2) With non-standard voltages the required actuating voltage from the defined range (...–...V) must
be stated.
3) 24 - 27 V DC
4) 48 - 60 V DC
5) 110 - 130 V DC
6) 200 - 240 V DC
7) Minimum order quantity 10 units
Complete units DILM185 DILM225 DILM250 DILM300 DILM400 DILM500 DILM570

Standard -S/22(...) -S/22(...) -S/22(...) -S/22(...) -S/22(...) -S/22(...) -S/22(...)
Article no.1) Article no.1) Article no.1) Article no.1) Article no.1) Article no.1) Article no.1)
Voltage variants see price list see price list see price list see price list see price list see price list see price list
110-120V 50/60Hz 274182 274186 274189 274192 274195 274198 110743

220-240V 50/60Hz 274185 274187 274190 274193 274196 274199 110744
Notes 1) The article no. is a combination of part no. and actuating voltage
Full contactor product range a Industrial Switchgear Main Catalogue, HPL0211-2007/2008, Chapter 5 and at http://catalog.moeller.net
Ordering 4/15
Actuating voltages
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 DILMP20 … DILMP200
AC DILMP20 DILMP32- DILMP32- DILMP45- DILMP45- DILMP63 DILMP80 DILMP125 DILMP160 DILMP200
(…) 10 01 10 01 (…) (…) (…) (…) (…)
Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article
no.1) no.1) no.1) no.1) no.1) no.1) no.1) no.1) no.1) no.1)
Standard voltages see price see price see price see price see price see price see price see price see price see price
list list list list list list list list list list
DILM contactors
240V 50Hz – 109798 – 109827 – 109856 109885 – – –
110V 50Hz 276967 109790 118912 109819 118915 109848 109877 – – –
120V 60Hz
230V 50Hz 276970 109797 118911 109826 118914 109855 109884 – – –
240V 60Hz
24 V 50/60 Hz 276974 109799 – 109828 – 109857 109886 – – –
230 V 50/60 Hz 276978 109796 – 109825 – 109883 109883 – – –
AC Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article
RAC 244) – – – – – – – 109904 109914 109924

RAC 1205) – – – – – – – 109903 109913 109923
RAC 2406) – – – – – – – 109905 109915 109925
AC Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article
Non-standard voltages 2) see price see price see price see price see price see price see price see price see price see price
…V 50Hz (12 – 600V)3) 276982 109787 109787 109816 109816 109845 109874 – – –
…V 60Hz (12 – 600V)3) 276983 109788 109788 109817 109817 109846 109875 – – –
DC current Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article
24V DC 276985 – – – – – – – – –
RDC 247) – 109811 118913 109840 118916 109869 109898 109910 109920 109930
DC current Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article Article
Non-standard voltages 2) see price see price see price see price see price see price see price see price see price see price
…V DC (12 – 250V)3) 276990 – – – – – – – – –
Notes 1) The article no. is a combination of part no. and operating voltage
2) For non-standard voltages, state the actuating voltage selected from the range (…–…V) shown.
3) Minimum order quantity: 10 units
4) 24 V 50/60 Hz
5) 100 – 120 V 50/60 Hz
6) 190 – 240 V 50/60 Hz
7) 24 – 27 V DC
Full contactor product range a Industrial Switchgear Main Catalogue, HPL0211-2007/2008, Chapter 5 and at http://catalog.moeller.net
4/16 Engineering
Characteristic curves for DC switching
DILMP20 ... DILMP200 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Switching conditions for 4-pole, non-motor loads
AC-1/400 V
Breaking current A
Operating characteristics
Non inductive and slightly inductive loads
200 DILMP200
Electrical characteristics:
DILMP contactors
Switch on: 1 ⫻ rated current

Switch off: 1 ⫻ rated current
160 DILMP160 Utilization category
100 % AC-1
Typical applications:
125 DILMP125 Electrical heating
80 DILMP80
63 DILMP63
45 DILMP45
32 DILMP32
22 DILMP22
0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 1 2 4 6 10

Component lifespan [Millions of operations]
Switching of DC currents
– – – – – when necessary DILMP20 ... DILMP200

cable to be supplied by ⬎ 60 V DC
customer
1-pole
2-pole
Engineering 4/17
Characteristic curves
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 DILM
Normal switching duty
Normal AC induction motor
kW A Operating characteristics
900 1600 DILM1600 AC-3/400 V
Switch on: From stop
Rated operational current Ie 50 – 60 Hz
Switch off: During run

560 1000 DILM1000
Rated output of three-phase motors 50 – 60 Hz
450 820 DILM820 Electrical characteristics:

400 750 DILM750
Switch on: Up to 6 ⫻ Rated motor current
355 650 DILM650
315 580 DILM580 Switch off: Up to 1 ⫻ Rated motor current
250 500 DILM500 Utilization category
200 400 DILM400
160 300 DILM300 100 % AC-3
Schütze
132 250 DILM250 Typical applications:
110 225 DILM225
Compressors Lifts Mixers
90 185 DILM185
75
Pumps Escalators Agitators
145
55
Fan Conveyor belts Centrifuges
104
Hinged flaps Bucket-elevator Air conditioning sys-
45 85
General drives for manufacturing and processing machines
37 72
30 58
22 43
18.5 36
15 30
11 23
7.5 16
0.01 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10
Component lifespan [millions of operations]
Extreme switching duty
AC-4/400 V
kW A Normal AC induction motor
750 1280 DILM1600
Rated operational current Ie 50 – 60 Hz
Operating characteristics
Rated output of three-phase motors 50 – 60 Hz
450 800 DILM1000

355 656 DILM820 Inching, dynamic braking, reversing
315 576 DILM750 Electrical characteristics:
280 512 DILM650
250 456 DILM580 Switch on:Up to 6 ⫻ Rated motor current
200 360 DILM500
160 296 DILM400
Switch off:Up to 6 ⫻ Rated motor current
132 240 DILM300
110 200 DILM250 Utilization category
90 164 DILM225
75 140 DILM185
100 % AC-4
55 104 Typical applications:
45 85 Printing machines Wire-drawing Centrifuges
37 72
30 58 Special drives on manufacturing and processing machines
22 43
18.5 36
15 30
11 23
7.5 16
5.5 12
4 8.8
3 6.5
2.2 5
1.5 3.5
0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10
Component lifespan [millions of operations]
4/18 Engineering
Characteristic curves
DILM Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Switching conditions for non-motor loads, 3 pole, 4 pole
2000 DILH2000 AC-1/400 V
1800 DILM1600
1400 DILM1400
Breaking current A
DILM820/1000
1000
900 850 DILM650 DILM750
800 700 DILM500
DILM580 Operating characteristics
500 DILM400 Non inductive and slightly inductive loads
400 DILM300
350 DILM250 Electrical characteristics:
300 DILM225
275 DILM185 Switch on: 1 ⫻ rated current
160 DILM150, M170 Switch off:1 ⫻ rated current
130 DILM115 Utilization category
110
Schütze
DILM95
90 DILM65
DILM80 100 % AC-1
80
65 DILM50
Typical applications:
50 DILM40
40 DILM25, M32 Electric heaters
35 DILM17
20 DILEM
DILM
7, M
10 9, M
1 2, M
15
7
5
4
3
2
1
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.7 1 2 3 5 7 10
Component lifespan [Millions of operations]
A
Short-time current
19000 DILM1600 AC-1/400 V
10000 DILM820 DILM1000, DILH1400

DILM750
8000 DILM650
DILM580
6000 DILH
DILM500 200
0
5000
DILM400
4000
DILM300
3000 DILM250
2500
2000 DILM185/225
1800
1500 DILM115,150,170
1100 DILM80/95
1000
700
500
400
300
200
2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 700 900 Seconds

Duration of load 1 min 3 min 5 min 10 min 15 min
Technical Data 4/19
Contactors
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 DILM32 … DILM38
DILM32
DILM38
General
Standards IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA
DILM contactors
Operating frequency, mechanical
AC operated Operations/h 5000
DC operated Operations/h 5000
Maximum operating frequency
Electrical (contactors without overload relay) See characteristic curves
Climatic proofing Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78
Damp heat, cyclical, to IEC 60068-2-30
Ambient temperature
Open °C –25…60
Enclosed °C –25…40
Mounting position, AC- and DC-operated 30˚
˚
90
°
90
90
°
180°

Main contacts
N/O contact g 10
Auxiliary contacts
N/O contact g 7
N/C contact g 5
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) when tabletop-mounted
Main contacts
N/O contact g 6.9
Auxiliary contacts
N/O contact g 5.3
N/C contact g 3.5
Protection type IP00
Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC Finger- and back-of-hand proof
536)
Weight
AC operated kg 0.42
DC operated kg 0.48
Screw connector terminals
Terminal capacity main cable
Solid mm2 1 x (0.75 – 16)
2 x (0.75 – 10)
Flexible with ferrule mm2 1 x (0.75 – 16)
2 x (0.75 – 10)
Stranded mm2 1 x 16
Solid or stranded AWG 18 – 6
Flat conductor Number of segments x width x mm –
thickness
4/20 Technical Data
Contactors
DILM32 … DILM38 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
DILM32
DILM38
General
Main cable connection screw/bolt M5
Tightening torque Nm 3
Terminal capacity control circuit cables
DILM contactors
Solid mm2 1 x (0.75 – 4)

2 x (0.75 – 4)
2 x (0.75 – 2.5)
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt M3.5
Tightening torque Nm 1.2
Tool
Main cable
Pozidriv screwdriver Size 2
1x6
Control circuit cables
Pozidriv screwdriver Size 2
1x6
Spring-loaded terminal connection
Solid mm2 1 x (0.75 – 2.5)
2 x (0.75 – 2.5)
Flexible mm2 1 x (0.75 – 1.5)
2 x (0.75 – 1.5)
2 x (0.75 – 1.5)
Tool
Stripping length mm 10
Screwdriver blade width mm 3.5
Main conducting paths
Safe isolation to IEC 61140/EN 61140
Between coil and contacts V AC 440
Between the contacts V AC 440
Making capacity (p.f. to IEC/EN 60947) Up to 690 V A 384
Breaking capacity
220/230 V A 320
380/400 V A 320
500 V A 320
660/690 V A 180
Short-circuit rating
Short-circuit protection maximum fuse
Type “2” coordination
400 V gG/gL 500 V A 63
690 V gG/gL 690 V A 35
400 V gG/gL 500 V A 125
690 V gG/gL 690 V A 63
Technical Data 4/21
Contactors
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 DILM32 … DILM38
DILM32
DILM38
AC
AC-1 duty
Conventional thermal current, Open at 40 °C Ith A 45
3-phase 50 – 60 Hz at 50 °C Ith A 43
DILM contactors
at 55 °C Ith A 42
at 60 °C Ith A 40
Enclosed Ith A 36
Conventional free air thermal Open Ith A 100
current, single-phase Enclosed Ith A 90
AC-3 duty
Rated operational current AC-3 open, 50 – 60 Hz, 220/230 V Ie A 32 38
3-phase 240 V Ie A 32 38
380/400 V Ie A 32 38
415 V Ie A 32 38
440 V Ie A 32 38
500 V Ie A 32 38
660/690 V Ie A 18 22.5
Motor rating 220/230 V P kW 10 11
240V P kW 11 12
380/400 V P kW 15 18.5
415 V P kW 19 20
440 V P kW 20 21
500 V P kW 23 24
660/690 V P kW 17 21
AC-4 duty
Rated operational current AC-4 open, 50 – 60 Hz, 220/230 V Ie A 15
3-phase 240 V Ie A 15
380/400 V Ie A 15
415 V Ie A 15
440 V Ie A 15
500 V Ie A 15
660/690 V Ie A 12
Motor rating 220/230 V P kW 4
240 V P kW 4.5
380/400 V P kW 7
415 V P kW 7.5
440 V P kW 8
500 V P kW 9
660/690 V P kW 10
DC
of three-phase capacitors, open
DC-1 operation 60 V Ie A 40
110 V Ie A 40
220 V Ie A 40
440 V Ie A 2.9
110 V Ie A 40
220 V Ie A 25
440 V Ie A 0.6
110 V Ie A 40
220 V Ie A 10
440 V Ie A 0.6
4/22 Technical Data
Contactors
DILM32 … DILM38 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
DILM32
DILM38
Current heat loss (3-pole)

Current heat loss at Ith W 12.1
Current heat loss at Ie to AC-3/400 V W 6.1
Impedance per pole mO 2
DILM contactors
Magnet systems
Voltage tolerance
AC operated Pick-up x Uc 0.8…1.1
Drop-out voltage AC operated Drop-out x Uc 0.3…0.6
DC operated2) Pick-up x Uc 0.7…1.21)
DC operated2) Drop-out x Uc 0.15…0.6
Power consumption of the coil in a cold state and 1.0 x Uc
50 Hz Pick-up VA 52
50 Hz Sealing VA 7.1
50 Hz Sealing W 2.1
60 Hz Pick-up VA 67
60 Hz Sealing VA 8.7
60 Hz Sealing W 2.6
50/60 Hz Pick-up VA 62
58
50/60 Hz Sealing VA 9.1
6.5
50/60 Hz Sealing W 2.5
2
DC operated Pick-up W 12
DC operated Sealing W 0.5
Switching times at 100 % Uc (approximate values)
Main contacts
AC operated
Closing delay ms 16…22
Opening delay ms 8…14
DC operated
Closing delay ms 47
Opening delay ms 30
Arcing time ms 10
Lifespan, mechanical; Coil 50/60 Hz at 50 Hz Mechanical lifespan at 50 Hz approx. 30% lower than under
“Technical data, general”
Emitted interference to EN 60947-1
Interference immunity to EN 60947-1
Ambient temperature °C Ambient
Notes 1) RDC 24 (Umin 24 V DC/Umax 27 V DC)

RDC 60 (Umin 48 V DC/Umax 60 V DC)
Example:
Uc = 0.7 x Umin - 1.2 x Umax
Uc = 0.7 x 24 V - 1.2 x 27 V DC
2) With voltage tolerance and DC operated power consumption at smoothed double-pulse bridge rectification or a three-phase current
rectifier is necessary
Technical Data 4/23
Contactors
DILMP20 DILMP32 DILMP63 DILMP125
DILMP45 DILMP80 DILMP160
DILMP200
General
DILMP contactors
Lifespan, mechanical Operations/h 5000 3600
DC operated Operations/h 5000 3600
Electrical (contactors without overload relay) Operations/h 600
Ambient Open °C –25…60
temperature Enclosed °C –25…40
Mounting position, AC- and DC-operated
90
90
°
180°

Main contacts
N/O contact g 10
Auxiliary contacts
N/O contact g 7
N/C contact g 5
Protection type IP20 IP00
with accessories – IP20
Protection against direct contact when Finger- and back-of-hand proof
actuated from front (IEC 536)
Terminals, screw connection
Solid mm2 1 x (0.75 – 4) 1 x (0.75 – 16) 1 x (2.5 – 16) –
2 x (0.75 – 2.5) 2 x (0.75 – 10) 2 x (2.5 – 16)
Flexible with ferrule mm2 1 x (0.75 – 2.5) 1 x (0.75 – 16) 1 x (2.5 – 35) 1 x (10 – 95)
2 x (0.75 – 2.5) 2 x (0.75 – 10) 2 x (2.5 – 25) 2 x (10 – 70)
Stranded mm2 – 1 x 16 1 x (16 – 50) 1 x (16 – 120)
2 x (16 – 35) 2 x (16 – 95)
Solid or stranded AWG 18 – 14 18 – 6 12 – 2 8 – 250MCM
Flat conductor Number of segments x mm – – 2 x (6 x 9 x 2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
width x thickness 0.8)
Solid mm2 1 x (0.75 – 4) 1 x (0.75 – 4) 1 x (0.75 – 4) 1 x (0.75 – 4)
2 x (0.75 – 2.5) 2 x (0.75 – 2.5) 2 x (0.75 – 4) 2 x (0.75 – 4)
Flexible with ferrule mm2 1 x (0.75 – 2.5) 1 x (0.75 – 2.5) 1 x (0.75 – 2.5) 1 x (0.75 – 2.5)
2 x (0.75 – 2.5) 2 x (0.75 – 2.5) 2 x (0.75 – 2.5) 2 x (0.75 – 2.5)
Solid or stranded AWG 18 – 14 18 – 14 18 – 14 18 – 14
Main cable connection screw/bolt M3.5 M5 M6 M10
Tightening torque Nm 1.2 3 3.3 14
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5
Tightening torque Nm 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Tool
Main cable Pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 2 2 –
Hexagon socket-head spanner AF mm – – – 5
Standard screwdriver mm 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5 –
1x6 1x6 1x6
Control Pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 2 2 2
circuit cables Standard screwdriver mm 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5
1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6
4/24 Technical Data
Contactors
DILMP20 … DILMP200 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net

DILMP200

DILMP contactors

Between coil and contacts V AC 400 440
Between the contacts V AC 400 440
Making capacity (p.f. to IEC/EN 60947) Up to 690 V A 144 238 350 560 700 1120 1330 1800
Breaking capacity
220/230 V A 120 180 250 400 500 800 950 1150
380/400 V A 120 180 250 400 500 800 950 1150
500 V A 100 180 250 400 500 800 950 1150
660/690 V A 70 120 144 250 296 650 750 800
400 V gG/gL 500 V A 20 35 35 63 80 160 160 250
690 V gG/gL 690 V A 20 35 35 50 63 160 160 200
400 V gG/gL 500 V A 35 63 100 125 160 250 250 250
690 V gG/gL 690 V A 25 50 50 80 80 200 200 200
AC
AC-1 duty
Conventional thermal current,
3-phase 50 – 60 Hz
Open
at 40 °C Ith A 22 32 45 63 80 125 160 200
at 50 °C Ith A 21 30 41 60 76 116 150 188
at 60 °C Ith A 20 28 39 54 69 108 138 172
Enclosed Ith A 18 27 36 50 64 100 128 160
Conventional free air thermal current, 1 pole
Open Ith A 60 84 117 162 207 325 415 516
Enclosed Ith A 54 76 105 146 186 292 373 464
Motor rating
Motor rating AC-1 230 V kW 8 12 16 23 29 45 58 72
Motor rating AC-1 380/400 V kW 14 20 28 39 50 78 100 125
AC-3 duty
Rated operational current AC-3 open, 50 – 60 Hz, 3 pole
220/230 V Ie A 12 18 25 40 50 80 95 115
240 V Ie A 12 18 25 40 50 80 95 115
380/400 V Ie A 12 18 25 40 50 80 95 115
415 V Ie A 12 18 25 40 50 80 95 115
440 V Ie A 12 18 25 40 50 80 95 115
500 V Ie A 10 18 25 40 50 80 95 115
660/690 V Ie A 7 12 15 25 32 65 80 93
Motor rating
220/230 V P kW 3.5 5 7.5 12.5 15.5 25 30 37
240V P kW 4 5.5 8.5 13.5 17 27.5 33 40
380/400 V P kW 5.5 7.5 11 18.5 22 37 45 55
415 V P kW 7 10 14.5 24 30 48 57 70
440 V P kW 7.5 10.5 15.5 25 32 51 60 75
500 V P kW 7 12 17.5 28 36 58 70 85
660/690 V P kW 6.5 11 14 23 30 63 75 90
Technical Data 4/25
Contactors
DILMP200
DC
DC-1 operation
DILMP contactors
60 V Ie A 22 32 45 63 80 125 160 200
110 V Ie A 22 32 45 63 80 125 160 200
220 V Ie A 6 32 45 63 80 125 160 200
440 V Ie A 1.3 3 3 5 5 100 125 150
DC-3 operation
60 V Ie A 20 32 45 63 80 125 160 200
110 V Ie A 20 32 45 63 80 125 160 200
220 V Ie A 1.5 32 45 63 80 125 160 200
440 V Ie A 0.2 6 6 8 8 75 95 115
DC-5 operation
60 V Ie A 20 32 45 63 80 125 160 200
110 V Ie A 20 25 32 50 80 125 160 200
220 V Ie A 1.5 15 22 38 70 100 125 150
440 V Ie A 0.2 4 4 8 8 60 75 90
Current heat loss (3 pole)
Current heat loss at Ith W 4.7 8.2 12 16 23 29 46 60
Impedance per pole mO 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5
Magnet systems
Voltage tolerance
AC operated 50 Hz Pick-up x Uc 0.8…1.1 0.8…1.1 0.8…1.1 0.8…1.1
Pick-up voltage x Uc 0.85 – 1.1 0.85 – 1.1 –
Drop-out voltage AC operated Drop-out x Uc 0.4…0.6 0.4…0.6 0.4…0.6 0.4…0.6
DC operated1) Pick-up x Uc 0.8…1.1 0.7…1.2 0.7…1.2 0.7…1.2
DC operated1) Drop-out x Uc 0.2…0.6 0.2…0.6 0.2…0.6 0.2…0.6
AC operated 50/60 Hz Pick-up VA 24 50 150 180
AC operated 50/60 Hz Pick-up W 19 40 95 150
AC operated 50/60 Hz Sealing VA 4 8 16 3.1
AC operated 50/60 Hz Sealing W 1.2 2.4 4 2.1
DC operated1) Pick-up W 4,5 12 24 149
DC operated1) Sealing W 4,5 0,5 0,5 2,1
Main contacts
AC operated
Closing delay ms 15…21 16…22 12…18 28…33
Opening delay ms 9…18 8…14 8…13 35…41
DC operated1)
Closing delay ms 31 47 54 35
Opening delay ms 12 30 24 30
Arcing time ms 10 10 10 15
Permissible residual current with actuation mA F1 F1 F1 F1
of A1 – A2 by the electronics (with 0 signal).
Notes 1) At least double-pulse bridge rectifier

4/26 Technical Data
Contactors
DILH2200, DILM570 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
DILH2200 DILM570
General
AC operated Operations x 106 5 7
DC operated Operations x 106 5 7
AC operated Operations/h 1000 2000
Contactors
DC operated Operations/h 1000 2000

Electrical (contactors without overload relay) a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 5/68
Ambient temperature
Open °C –25…60 –25…60
Enclosed °C –25…40 –25…40
Storage °C –40…80 –40…80
Mounting position, AC- and DC operated 30˚ 30˚
90
°
90
90
90
°
°
180°
Main contacts
N/O contact g 10 10
Auxiliary contacts
N/O contact g 10 10
N/C contact g 8 8
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) when tabletop-mounted
Main contacts
N/O contact g – –
Auxiliary contacts
N/O contact g – –
N/C contact g – –
Protection type IP00 IP00
Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536) Finger and back-of-hand proof with terminal shroud or terminal block
Weight kg 32 8
Flexible with cable lug mm2 – 50 – 240
Stranded with cable lug mm2 – 70 – 240
Solid or stranded AWG – 2/0 – 500 MCM
Flat conductor Number of mm – Fixing with flat cable terminal or cable
segments x width terminal blocks
x thickness See terminal capacity for cable terminal
blocks
Busbar Width mm 100 30
Main cable connection screw/bolt M12 M10
Tightening torque Nm 35 24
Solid mm2 1 x (0.75 – 2.5) 1 x (0.75 – 2.5)
2 x (0.75 – 2.5) 2 x (0.75 – 2.5)
Flexible with ferrule mm2 1 x (0.75 – 2.5) 1 x (0.75 – 2.5)
2 x (0.75 – 2.5) 2 x (0.75 – 2.5)
Solid or stranded AWG 2 x (18 – 12) 2 x (18 – 12)
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt M3.5 M3.5
Tightening torque Nm 1.2 1.2
Tool
Main cable
Open-end spanner mm 18 16
Control circuit cables
Pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 2
Technical Data 4/27
Contactors
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 DILH2200, DILM570
DILH2200 DILM570

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp V AC 8000 8000
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3
Rated insulation voltage

AC Ui V AC 1000 1000
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 1000 1000
Contactors
Between coil and contacts V AC 500 500
Between the contacts V AC 500 500
Making capacity (p.f. to IEC/EN 60947) A 9840 6000
Breaking capacity
220/230 V A 8200 5800
380/400 V A 8200 5800
500 V A 8200 5800
660/690 V A 8200 5800
1000 V A 5800 950
Component lifespan
AC-3/AC-4 a Technical data, general a Technical data, general
AC-4 a Technical data, general a Technical data, general
AC–-1 a page 4/18 a page 4/18
400 V gG/gL 500 V A – 500
690 V gG/gL 690 V A – 500
1000 V gG/gL 1000 V A – 200
400 V gG/gL 500 V A – 800
690 V gG/gL 690 V A – 630
1000 V gG/gL 1000 V A – 250
AC
AC-1 duty
Conventional thermal current, 3-phase 50 – 60 Hz
Open
at 40 °C Ith A 2700 920
at 50 °C Ith A 2400 821
at 55 °C Ith A 2300 783
at 60 °C Ith A 2200 750
Conventional free air thermal current, single-phase
Open Ith A 5500 1875
AC-3 duty
Rated operational current AC-3 open, 50 – 60 Hz, 3-phase
220/230 V Ie A – 580
240 V Ie A – 580
380/400 V Ie A – 580
415 V Ie A – 580
440 V Ie A – 580
500 V Ie A – 500
660/690 V Ie A – 360
1000 V Ie A – 95
Motor rating
220/230 V P kW – 185
240V P kW – 200
380/400 V P kW – 315
415 V P kW – 348
440 V P kW – 370
500 V P kW – 360
660/690 V P kW – 344
1000 V P kW – 132
4/28 Technical Data
Contactors
DILH2200, DILM570 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
DILH2200 DILM570

AC-4 duty
Rated operational current AC-4 open, 50 – 60 Hz, 3-phase
220/230 V Ie A – 360
240 V Ie A – 360
380/400 V Ie A – 360
415 V Ie A – 360
Contactors
440 V Ie A – 360
500 V Ie A – 360
660/690 V Ie A – 296
1000 V Ie A – 95
Motor rating
220/230 V P kW – 112
240 V P kW – 122
380/400 V P kW – 200
415 V P kW – 216
440 V P kW – 229
500 V P kW – 260
660/690 V P kW – 344
1000 V P kW – 132
Condensor operation
Individual compensation, rated operational current Ie of three-phase capacitors
Open
up to 525 V A – 307
690 V A – 177
Max. inrush current peak x Ie – 30
Component lifespan Operations x 106 – 0,1
Max. operating frequency Ops/h – 200
DC
Operations
a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 5/69
DC-1 operation
60 V Ie A – 400
110 V Ie A – 400
220 V Ie A – 400
440 V Ie A – 11
DC-3 operation
60 V Ie A – 400
110 V Ie A – 400
220 V Ie A – 400
DC-5 operation
60 V Ie A – 400
110 V Ie A – 400
220 V Ie A – 400
Current heat loss (3-phase)
Current heat loss at Ith W 232 130
Current heat loss at Ie to AC-3/400 V W – 78
Technical Data 4/29
Contactors
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 DILH2200, DILM570
DILH2200 DILM570
Magnet systems
Voltage tolerance1)
AC operated
AC operated 50/60 Hz Pick-up x Uc 0.7 x Uc min – 1.15 x Uc max 0.7 x Uc min – 1.15 x Uc max
Drop-out voltage AC operated
AC operated 50/60 Hz Drop-out x Uc 0.2 x Uc min – 0.6 x Uc min 0.2 x Uc min – 0.6 x Uc min
DC operated
Contactors
AC operated 50 Hz Pick-up x Uc 0.85 x Uc min – 1.1 x Uc max 0.85 x Uc min – 1.1 x Uc max
DC operated
AC operated 50 Hz Drop-out x Uc 0.2 x Uc min – 0.4 x Uc min 0.2 x Uc min – 0.4 x Uc min
50 Hz Pick-up VA 16002) 4502)
AC operated Pick-up W 1400 350
60 Hz Pick-up VA – 715
60 Hz Pick-up W – 645
Dual-frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 50 Hz Sealing VA 15 4,3
Dual-frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 50 Hz Sealing W 13 3,3
Dual-frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 60 Hz Sealing VA – 4,3
Dual-frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 60 Hz Sealing W – 3,3
Duty factor % DF 100 100
Main contacts
AC operated
Closing delay ms 70 80
Opening delay ms
Opening delay ms 40 95
DC operated
Closing delay ms – 50
Opening delay ms – 40
Behaviour in marginal and transitional conditions
Sealing
Voltage interruptions
(0 … 0.2 x Uc min) F 10 ms Time is bridged successfully Time is bridged successfully
(0 … 0.2 x Uc min) > 10 ms Contactor drops out Contactor drops out
Voltage drops
(0.2 … 0.6 x Uc min) F 12 ms Time is bridged successfully Time is bridged successfully
(0.2 … 0.6 x Uc min) > 12 ms Contactor drops out Contactor drops out
(0.6 … 0.7 x Uc Contactor remains switched on Contactor remains switched on
Excess voltage
(1.15 … 1.3 x Uc max) Contactor remains switched on Contactor remains switched on
(> 1.3 x Uc max) F 3 s Contactor remains switched on Contactor remains switched on
(> 1.3 x Uc max) > 3 s Contactor drops out Contactor drops out
Pick-up phase
(0 … 0.7 x Uc min) Contactor does not switch on Contactor does not switch on
(0.7 x Uc min … 1.15 x Uc max) Contactor switches on reliably Contactor switches on reliably
(> 1.15 x Uc max) Contactor switches on reliably Contactor switches on reliably
Magnet systems
Admissible transitional contact resistance mO F 500 F–
(of the external control circuit device when
actuating A11)
Max. admissible residual current (when A11 mA F1 F–
is actuated from the electroncis, 0 signal)
PLC signal level (A3 - A4) to IEC/EN 61131-2 (type 2)
High V 15 –
Low V 5 –
Electromagnetic compatibility This product is designed for operation in industrial environments (environment 2). The
use in residential environments (environment 1) could cause electrical interference so
that addition suppression must be planned.
Notes 1) U
c min, Uc max a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 5/59
2) Control transformer with U F 7 %
K
4/30 Technical Data
Auxiliary contact modules
DILA-XHI... Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
DILA-XHI...-S
Auxiliary contacts
Interlocked opposing contacts within an auxiliary contact Yes
module (to IEC 60947-5-1 Annex L)1)
N/C contact (not late-break contact) suitable as a mirror DILM7 – DILM15
contact (to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 Annex F)
Contactors

Between coil and auxiliary contacts V AC 400
Between the auxiliary contacts V AC 400
AC–15
230 V Ie A 4
380/415 V Ie A 4
500 V Ie A 1,5
DC L/R F 15 ms2)
24 V Ie A 10
60 V Ie A 6
110 V Ie A 3
220 V Ie A 1
Conventional thermal current Ith A 16
Control circuit reliability (at Ue = 24 V DC, Umin = 17 V, I min= Failure rate l <10-8, < 1 one failure at 100 million operations
5.4 mA)
Component lifespan
at Ue = 230 V, AC-15, 3 A Operations x 106 1.3
Short-circuit rating without welding
Max. fuse A gG/gL 10
Notes 1) not with DIL…-XHIV and DIL…-XHICV

2) Making and breaking conditions to DC-13, time constant as stated
Dimensions 4/31
Contactors greater than 1000 A
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 DILM…, DILH…, SDAINLM…
Contactor with auxiliary contact module
DILM17...DILM38
2 x M4
75
60.4
71
38
85
Contactors
35
11 4.5 4.8 4.5
17.7 6.5
6.4 11.6 11.6 10.6 97.4

45 138
Lateral clearance to earthed parts: 6 mm
DILH2000, DILH2200
210
272
352
392
300
150 10
252
o 14 40 40
80 80
150 125
172.5 172.5
515
M6
SDAINLM140...SDAINLM260
270
299
314
430
144 144 M6 183

308
4/32 Dimensions
Contactors
DILMP… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
DILMP20
2 x M4
60
18
45
68
DILMP contactors
36 3.2
35
45 6.5
75
117
DILMP32 DILMP45
2 x M4
75
60.4
71
38
85
35
58 4.5
Distance from side to earthed parts: 6 mm
6.5
97.4
138
Contactors
DILMP63 DILMP80
2 x M4
105
86.4
104
115
57
74 4.7 45
85 6.9 Distance from side to earthed parts: 6 mm
114
132.1
147
4 x M6
170
156
156
57
122 82.5
133 85.5 70
142 Distance from side to earthed parts: 10 mm
160
175
Motor suppressor module

DILM12-XMSM
38.3
68
75
101.2
Dimensions 4/33
Contactors
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 DILM, DILA-XHI...
Complete units
DILM570-S
180
160
o11
DILMP contactors
M6
200
180
219
189
a
b
a
130
38 140
57 216 8

DILA-XHI...
36
2 x M4
60
18
45
68
35
8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 (5.1) 3.2

45 6.5
75
c
Part no. c
DILA-XHI 117
DILA-XHI...T 125
DILA-XHIC...
2 x M4
60
52.3
26.4
68
1.8 35
3.2
1.8
6.5
8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 (5.1) 75
10.2 45 125
Moeller NK0211-1179
ZB overload relays
ZB overload relays
Page
Overload relays ZB
Motor protection is one of the most important of a
Ordering 5/2
machine’s electrical equipment. You will find the correct
solution for every application, from the price cost- Bimetal overload relays up to 150 A 5/2
effective bimetal solution up to the more demanding Accessories 5/2
networked full motor protection.
For our full range of overload relays see the Industrial
Switchgear
Main Catalogue, HPL0211-2007/2008, Chapter 6 and http://
catalog.moeller.net.
Overload relays
New ZB32-38 and ZB65-75
- Overload relays that can be
mounted on contactors DILM38
and DILM72.
- Protects motors that are switched
by DILM38 or DILM72.
Page 5/2
New
Bimetal relays up to 150 A, accessories Bimetal relays up to 150 A, accessories
ZB…, K… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 ZB…, AWB…
Overload releases Contact Auxiliary contacts For use with Short-circuit protection Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
sequence N/O = normally N/C = normally Type “1” coordination Type “2” coordination Article no. see price list
Ir open closed gG/gL gG/gL
A A A
Overload relays ZB32

Bimetal Relay
Bimetal Relay
32…38 97 95 1 N/O 1 N/C DILM38 125 63 ZB32-38 1 off Fitted directly to the contactor Separate mounting
112474 New
2 4 6 98 96 14/ 1 1
22
Overload relays ZB65
65…75 97 95 1 N/O 1 N/C DILM72 250 160 ZB65-75 1 off

108792 New
2 4 6 98 96
1: Contactor a 276970
2: Bases a 278473
Notes Further overload relays (ZB12, ZB32, ZB65) as well as technical data and dimensions can be found
in the Industrial Switchgear Main Catalogue HPL0211-2007/2008, Chapter 6.
For use with For connection of: Part no. Price Std. pack Notes For use with Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
Copper strip w x h max. Article no. see price list Article no. see price list
mm
Set of box terminals Documentation

Consisting of 3 individual clamps Overload relays
With protective covers Overload monitoring of EEx e motors
Z5-.../FF250 24 x 26 K-B-DIL6AM 1 off When using box terminals the ZE... AWB2300-1425D 1 off German
064062 protective cover must be used. 258704 New
ZB12... AWB2300-1527D/GB 1 off German/English
ZB32... 284910
With control circuit terminal and protective cover ZB65... AWB2300-1545D/GB 1 off German/English
ZB150... 102065
Z5-.../FF250 24 x 26 KS-B-DIL6AM 1 off When using box terminals the
064063 protective cover must be used.
Moeller NK2100-1179
Motor-protective circuit-breakers
PKZ
Motor-protective circuit-
breaker PKZ
Page
Motor-protective circuit-breaker PKZ

For process-critical machines short downtimes are
Ordering
essential. The motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ
provide fuseless short-circuit protection and overload DOL starter wiring set 6/2
protection in a single device. Electric contact module 6/2
Mechanical connection element 6/2
Busbar adapters for PKZ
- Rated operational current 25 A 6/2
- Without electrical contact 6/5
- Mounting rails 6/5
- Connection cable 6/5
Our complete product range for motor-protective circuit-breakers

- PKZM01
- PKZM0
- PKZM4
New Electrical New Mechanical New Busbar adapter for PKZ - PKZ2
can be found in the Industrial Switchgear Main Catalogue
contact module connection module BBA… HPL0211-2007/2008, Chapter 8 and at
PKZM…-X…DE PKZM…-X…DM - Three new busbar adapters complete the http://catalog.moeller.net.
- Connections are plugged-in instead of wired. - Connections are plugged-in instead range.
- Simple and fast tool-less mounting/removal of wired. - Two new mounting rails provide additional
saves time and cost. - Simple and fast tool-less mounting/ mounting options.
Page 6/2 removal saves time and cost. Page 6/2

Page 6/2
6/2 Ordering
Accessories
PKZM0, PKZM4, BBA Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
PKZ2 motor-protective circuit-breaker

list
New Wiring set

DOL starters
PKZM4 + DILM40 PKZM4-XDM65 1 off Consists of:
PKZM4 + DILM50 101053 • Top-hat rail adapter plate
PKZM4 + DILM65 • Main current wiring between PKZ and contactor
Electric contact module

PKZM0 + DILM7 PKZM0-XM12DE 1 off • Consists of main current wiring between PKZM0 and contactor in
PKZM0 + DILM9 112119 tool-less plug connection
PKZM0 + DILM12 • Combined with PKZM0-XM12DM.
PKZM0 + DILM15
Mechanical connection element

PKZM0 + DILM7 PKZM0-XM12DM 1 off • Consists of mechanical connection element between PKZM0 and
PKZM0 + DILM9 112118 contactor
PKZM0 + DILM12 • Combine with PKZM0-XM12DE.
PKZM0 + DILM15
Rated Terminal Adapter Adapter DIN rail For use with Part no. Price Std. Notes
operational capacity width length Article no. see price pack
voltage list
Ue
V mm mm Quantit

Approved to UL 508.
For fitting to flat Cu-busbars with 60 mm between busbar centres, suitable for 5 mm and 10 mm
busbar thickness.
Rated operational current 25 A

For reversing starters
690 AWG 12 90 200 1 PKZM0 + 2 x DILM7-01 BBA0R-25 2 off In combination with indivi-
(4 mmB) PKZM0 + 2 x DILM9-01 101453 dual components PKZM0 and
PKZM0 + 2 x DILM12-01 DILM DOL reversing starter
MSC-R-0,25-M7 … MSC- use PKZM0-XRM12.
R-12-M12... Completely mounted and
tested combination with
MSC-R a HPL0211-2007/
2008, page 9/18
For universal use
690 AWG 12 45 200 2 BBA0-25/2TS 4 off Mounting rail can be offset
(4 mmB) 101481 on 1.25 mm grid.
For DOL starters

690 AWG 12 45 200 1 PKZM0 + 2 x DILM17-01 BBA0-25 4 off In combination with indivi-
(4 mmB) PKZM0 + 2 x DILM25-01 101451 dual components PKZM0 and
PKZM0 + 2 x DILM32-01 DILM DOL starter use PKZM0-
MSC-R-16-M17 … MSC- XDM12.
R-32-M32... Completely mounted and
tested combination with
MSC-D a HPL0211-2007/
2008, page 9/2
Ordering 6/3
Accessories
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 BBA

operation capacity width length Article no. see price pack
al voltage list
Ue
V mm mm Quantit

Approved to UL 508.
busbar thickness.

For reversing starters
690 AWG 10 90 200 2 PKZM0 + 2 x DILM17-01 BBA0R-32 2 off In combination with
(6 mmB) PKZM0 + 2 x DILM25-01 101454 individual
PKZM0 + 2 x DILM32-01 components PKZM0
MSC-R-16-M17... bis and DILM use
MSC-R-32-M32... electrical contact
module PKZM0
XM32DE and
reversing wiring set
DILM 32-XRL.
Completely
mounted and tested
combination with
MSC-R a HPL0211-
2007/2008, page 9/18
For universal use

690 – 45 200 2 PKZM0…+ BBA0-32/2TS-C 4 off Universal adapter
DILM… 116708 New for 1-, 2- and 3-
phase applications.
Mounting rail can be
offset in 1.25 mm
intervals.
Terminal capacity:
round conductors up
to 6 mm2 or AWG10.
For DOL starters

690 AWG 10 45 200 2 PKZM0 + DILM17 BBA0-32 4 off In combination with
(6 mmB) PKZM0 + DILM25 101452 individual
PKZM0 + DILM32 components PKZM0
MSC-D-16-M17... bis and DILM use
MSC-D-32-M32... electrical contact
module PKZM0
XM32DE.
Completely
mounted and tested
combination with
MSC-D a HPL0211-
2007/2008, page 9/18
6/4 Ordering
Accessories
BBA Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
operation capacity width length Article no. see price pack
al voltage list
Ue
V mm mm Quantity

Approved to UL 508.
busbar thickness.

For motor-protective circuit-breakers
690 AWG 8 72 200 1 PKZ2 BBA2-63 4 off –
(10 mmB) 101458
690 AWG 8 54 200 1 PKZM4 BBA4-63 4 off –
(10 mmB) 101457
For DOL starters

690 AWG 8 72 260 2 PKZ2 + DILM7 BBA2L-63 2 off –
(10 mmB) PKZ2 + DILM9 101480
PKZ2 + DILM12
PKZ2 + DILM15
PKZ2 + DILM17
PKZ2 + DILM25
PKZ2 + DILM32
PKZ2 + DILM40
690 AWG 8 55 260 2 PKZM4 + DILM17 BBA4L-63 4 off The following can be
(10 mmB) PKZM4 + DILM25 101459 used for electrical
PKZM4 + DILM32 connection of
PKZM4 + DILM40 PKZM4 + DILM40 to
PKZM4 + DILM50 DILM65: PKZM4-
PKZM4 + DILM65 XM65DE
690 AWG 8 72 200 2 PKZ2 + DILM7 BBA2-63/2TS 4 off –
(10 mmB) PKZ2 + DILM9 116900 New
PKZ2 + DILM12
PKZ2 + DILM15
PKZ2 + DILM17
PKZ2 + DILM25
PKZ2 + DILM32
PKZ2 + DILM38
PKZ2 + DILM40
PKZ2 + DILM50
PKZ2 + DILM65
SE1A/…-PKZ2 + C-PKZ2
S-PKZ2 + C-PKZ2

For universal use
690 – 72 200 2 PKZ2 + DILM7 BBA2-80/2TS-S 4 off Universal adapter
PKZ2 + DILM9 116901 New for 1-, 2- and 3-
PKZ2 + DILM12 phase applications,
PKZ2 + DILM15 not without
PKZ2 + DILM17 additional
PKZ2 + DILM25 components UL/
PKZ2 + DILM32 CSA-compliant.
PKZ2 + DILM38 Terminal capacity:
PKZ2 + DILM40 round conductors up
PKZ2 + DILM50 to 16 mm2 or AWG6.
PKZ2 + DILM65
Ordering 6/5
Accessories
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 PKZM0, BBA

Adapter width Adapter length DIN rail For use with Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
list
mm mm Quantity

Approved to UL 508.
For fitting to flat Cu-busbars with 60 mm between busbar centres, suitable for 5 mm
and 10 mm busbar thickness.
Without electrical contact

Empty module
45 200 2 BBA0/2TS-L 4 off Mounting rail can be offset on
101482 1.25 mm grid.
54 200 2 BBA4/2TS-L 4 off For use with implementation of
reversing and star-delta starters.
101483
Side-mounted module can be fitted on either side

9 200 – BBA-XSM 10 off Can be grouped on the busbar
101484 adapter to extend mounting
width
Mounting rails
45 200 – BBA… PKZM0-XMR 10 off –
239364
54 200 – BBA… PKZM0-XMR54 10 off –

113911 New
72 200 – BBA… PKZM0-XMR72 10 off –

113912 New
Connection cable
– – 200 – BBA… BBA-XLT-6-130 30 off –
116902 New
– – 200 – BBA… BBA-XLT-16-142 30 off –
116903 New
Moeller NK0211-1179
Connection system SmartWire

Page

The SmartWire connection system allows the connection
Description 7/2
of switchgear to a PLC without complex control wiring.
Plug-in modules and a prefabricated connection cable for Ordering 7/3
the DILM contactor replace the control wiring.
Technical data 7/5
SmartWire supplements the tried and tested Moeller
switchgear. SmartWire is designed as an accessory for the Dimensions 7/7
standard devices. The well-know system accessories can
still be used and the normal flexibility of the switchgear is Our complete product range of
still available. Gateways or interface modules from third- - DOL Starters
- Reversing starters
party manufacturers connect the SmartWire system with - Starters on busbar adapter
various field buses. - Connection system SmartWire
can be found in the Industrial Switchgear Main Catalogue,
HPL0211-2007/2008, chapter 9 and at http://catalog.moeller.
net.
New Input/output module SWIRE-4DI-2DO-R

- 4 digital inputs for connection of potential-free
contacts.
- 2 relay outputs 250 V AC.
- Integration of all Moeller contactors in SmartWire
connection system.
Page 7/3
New Gateway MODBUS SWIRE-GW-MB

- Connection to MODBUS-RTU as slave.
- Transmission rate up to 57.6 kBit/s.
- Supports 16 SmartWire modules.
- Connects SmartWire modules with the field bus
Page 7/3
7/2 System overview
SWIRE-… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net

• easyNET/CANopen gateway – Configuration button for automatic addressing of the SmartWire modules for
• PROFIBUS-DP gateway DILM
• New MODBUS gateway – Supports up to 16 SmartWire modules for DILM
• XI/ON gateway with SmartWire Interface card • Interface of third party devices e.g. for the I/O system XI/ON, X20 system CS1011
MicroInnovation AG, www.microinnovation.com interface module
• B & R interface module CS1011 for X20 system, www.br-automation.com – Connection to field buses PROFIBUS-DP, New MODBUS, CANopen and
• New SmartWire I/O module DeviceNet
• DOL starter MSC-D up to 32 A • SmartWire module for DILM
• DOL starter MSC-D up to 15.5 A – Pluggable onto contactors of the xStart range
• SmartWire power module – Suitable for contactors DILM7 to DILM32 (24 V DC), DILMC7 to DILMC32
• Connection cable (24 V DC), DILMP20 (24 V DC) or motor starter MSC-... (24 V DC)
• SmartWire module for DILM – Use the standard switchgear of the xStart range
• Reversing starter MSC-R up to 12 A – Suitable for DOL and reversing starters
– Use the accessories of the xStart range
System description – Suitable for contactor combinations with PKZ or with Z overloads
– Integrated switch position monitoring of the contactors
• The SmartWire connection system allows the connection of switchgear to a PLC – Integrated mechanical switch position display
without complex control wiring. The control wiring between the PLC and the – Actuation of the contactors
switchgear is replaced by the plug-in SmartWire module for DILM and a – Interrogation of a floating contact, e.g. NHI-E10-PKZ0
preassembled connection cable. The wiring complexity is drastically reduced and – Electrical interlocking, e.g. possible with reversing starters
wiring errors are impossible. The SmartWire connection system also reduces – LED for status and diagnostic display
assembly, commissioning and trobleshooting times on the machine or system. – Connection to Gateway or interface from third party devices
• The inputs and outputs of the PLC are replaced by the SmartWire module for DILM • New SmartWire I/O module
and the control wiring termination points are not necessary. – 4 digital inputs for connection of potential-free contacts
• Connection to the various field buses is through gateways or interface modules – Power supply for the digital inputs comes from the device
available from third-party vendors. – Two 250 V AC relay outputs
• SmartWire power module
– Supply of the 24 V-DC control voltage for actuation of DILM contactors
Features – Assembly of emergency-stop groups
• Gateway – Increase the control voltage power in the SmartWire chain
– Connects the SmartWire modules with the field bus • Safety engineering
– Supports field buses PROFIBUS-DP, MODBUS, CANopen and easyNet – Emergency-Stop disconnection as per IEC/EN 954-1, Switching Category 3
– Supplies the control voltage for the motor starter or contactor – Central switch off of control voltage at the Gateway or SmartWire Power
– Supplies the supply voltage for the SmartWire connection system module
– Combination with safety-conformant switchgear possible
Ordering 7/3
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 SWIRE-…
Description Part no. Price Std. pack Notes

Gateway
PROFIBUS-DP
Gateway with integrated supply for the SWIRE-GW-DP 1 off Other gateways Page
SmartWire module and control voltage for the 107027 easy-NET/CANopen a HPL0211-2007/2008,
switchgear. page 4/44
- Connection to PROFIBUS-DP as slave
- Transmission rate: 9.6 kBit/s to 12 MBit/s
- 9-pole SUB-D socket
- Address range: 1 – 126
- Connection to SmartWire module as Master.
MODBUS
Gateway with integrated supply for the SWIRE-GW-MB 1 off Other gateways Page
SmartWire module and control voltage for the 118562 New easy-NET/CANopen a HPL0211-2007/2008,
switchgear. page 4/44
- Connection to MODBUS-RTU as slave.
- Transmission rate 9.6 to 57.6 kBit/s.
- 9-pin SUB-D socket RS 232/RS 485.
Address range: 1 – 31
- Connection to SmartWire module as Master.
Modules
SmartWire module for DILM
SmartWire module for surface mounting on SWIRE-DIL 5 off • Take account of the max. current
contactors DILM7…DILM32, DILA… 107028 consumption of the contactor coils per
- One module is necessary per contactor. SmartWire chain.
- Connection to SmartWire gateway as slave. • Length of connection cable at the input and
- Max. 16 SmartWire modules per rung. the electrical interlock < 2.8 m.
- 1 digital input for floating contact. • The A2 connection of the contactors must
- Signalling contactor switch position. not be bridged.
• Electrical interlocking only possible via the
terminals on the module for DILM.
• Wiring kits DILM 12-XRL and PKZM0-XRM12
cannot be used.
• Connection terminals for electrical
interlocking are not suitable for safety
SmartWire power module
Power module for supplying the control voltage. SWIRE-PF 1 off Max. 4 power modules per SmartWire rung.
- Connection to SmartWire gateway as 107029
interactive station (no address).
SmartWire I/O module

4 digital inputs SWIRE-4DI-2DO-R 1 off Max. 4 I/O modules per SmartWire rung.
2 digital relay outputs 107030 New
7/4 Ordering
Description Part no. Price Std. pack Notes

Accessories
SmartWire connection cable
– Length: 85 mm SWIRE-CAB-008 25 off Cable lengths: Engineering
107032 a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 9/30
– Length: 110 mm SWIRE-CAB-011 25 off
107033
107034
107035
112027 New
107036
107037
Termination connector
– Termination plug for last SmartWire module, SWIRE-CAB-000 25 off –
6-pin, no electrical function. 107031
Data cable
– 6 core, flat-band cable, length: 100 m. SWIRE-CAB-100M 1 off Special tool required to assemble cable.
107038
Plug
– 6 plug for flat-band cable. SWIRE-CAB-CON 50 off For use with SWIRE-CAB-100M.
107039
NHI-E with cable
– NHI-E-10-PKZ0 with connection cable AWG18 NHI-E-10L-PKZ0 5 off –
blue, for connection to SmartWire module for 107040
DILM.
Pluggable reversing jumper
– To assemble reversing starters with tool-less plug DILM12-XR 20 off For use with DILM7…DILM15, without A2
connection 110099 New jumper.
Technical Data 7/5
SWIRE-4DI-2DO-R SWIRE-GW-MB
General

Standards
General IEC/EN 60947
EN 55011
EN 55022
IEC/EN 61000-4
IEC/EN 60068-2-27
Profibus DP – –
Mounting Top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715 (35mm) or screw fixing with fixing brackets ZB4-
101-GF1 (accessories)
Dimensions (W x H x D) mm 35 x 90 x 74 35 x 90 x 109
Weight kg 0,12 0,15
Terminal capacities
Solid mm2 0.5…1.5 0.5…1.5
Flexible with ferrule mm2 0.5…1.5 0.5…1.5
Solid or stranded AWG 22…16 22…16
Standard screwdriver mm 3.5 x 0.8 3.5 x 0.8
Max. tightening torque Nm 0,6 0,6
Ambient temperature
Betrieb °C –25 … +55 –25 … +55
Storage °C –25…+70 –25…+70
Condensation Prevent condensation with suitable measures
Relative humidity, non-condensing (IEC/EN 60068-2-30) % 5…95 5…95
Air pressure (operation) hPa 795…1080 795…1080
Degree of protection IEC/EN 60529 IP20 IP20
Mounting position Vertical Vertical
Air discharge kV 8 8
Contact discharge kV 6 6
Electromagnetic fields (IEC/EN 61000-4-3, RFI) V/m 10 10
Radio interference suppression EN 55011, EN 55022 Class A Class A
Supply cables kV 2 2
Signal lines kV – 2
High-energy pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5, level 2) kV 0.5 (supply cables, symmetrical)
Immunity to line-conducted interference to (IEC/EN 61000- V 10 10
Air and creepage distances EN 50178, EN 60947-1, UL 508, CSA C22.2 No 142
Insulation resistance EN 50178, EN 60947-1
Voltage supply, Gateway electronic and SmartWire station electronics UGateway
Rated operational voltage UGateway V DC – 24, -15 %, +20 %

Admissible range Supply from gateway 20.4…28.8
Residual ripple % – F5
Maximum current consumption at 24 V DC mA – 500 (typically 100 for gateway + 25
per SmartWire module)
Heat dissipation at 24 V DC W – Typically 6
Protection against polarity reversal – Yes
Short-circuit protection, SmartWire side – Yes
7/6 Technical Data
Power supply UAUX (power supply for switching SmartWire elements, e.g.
contactor coils)
Rated operational voltage UAux V DC – 24, -15 %, +20 % (derating from >
40 °C)
Admissible range V DC – 20.4…28.8, at 45 °C: 21…28.8, at
50 °C: 21.6…28.8, at 55 °C:
22.2…27.6
Input current UAUX bei 24 V DC A – Normally 3
Residual ripple % – F5
Protection against polarity reversal – yes
Voltage Us V – yes
Short-circuit protection, SmartWire side – No, external protection (3 A)
necessary, miniature circuit-breaker
LEDs
Ready for operation Ready: green Ready: green
Power supply SmartWire contactors – UAux: green
MODBUS status – MODBUS: yellow
Status SmartWire – SmartWire: green
Status Outputs Q1, Q2: Green –
Connection potential-free contacts
Number 4 –
Rated voltage (own supply) Ue V DC 17 –
Input current at “1” signal, typically mA 5 –
Potential isolation – Yes
max. conductor length m < 2.8 –
MODBUS
Connection technique – SUB-D, 9-pin, RS232/RS485 socket;
RS 232; RS 485
Station address – 1…31
Address allocation – DIP switch
Potential isolation
for supply voltage UAUX – Yes
for supply voltage UGateway – Yes
To SmartWire – Yes
Function – MODBUS-RTU
slave
Bus protocol – MODBUS-RTU
Bus terminating resistors – Can be connected via plug
Data transfer rate – Adjustable up to 57.6 (9.6/19.2/38.4)
kbit/s
SmartWire
Connection types Plug, 6-pole Plug, 6-pole
Data/power cable 6-core flat-band cable 6-core flat-band cable
maximum cable length System SmartWire m 4 4
Bus termination Connector plug No
Station address 1…16 Automatic assignment
Station Max. 4 SmartWire modules per rung Max. 16
Address allocation Automatic via SmartWire None

Potential isolation
for supply voltage UAUX No No
for supply voltage UGateway No No
Function SmartWire slave SmartWire master
Data transfer time SmartWire Master
Write switch Typically 20 ms for all stations –
Read status information Typically 10 ms per station –
Technical Data 7/7
Relay outputs

Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp V AC 4000 –
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 –
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 250 –
Rated operational voltage Ue V 250 –
Making capacity A 30 –
Breaking capacity 380 … 400 A 10 –
AC-15, 250 V Ie A 3 –
DC-12, 30 V Ie A 3 –
Conventional thermal current Ith A 10 –
Short-circuit rating without welding
Max. fuse A gG/gL 10 –
7.5 7.5
110
110
102
102
90
90
4.5 4.5
M4 M4
7.5 66 7.5 105
35.5 74 35.5 109
Notes Further technical data and dimensions can be found in the Industrial Switchgear Main Catalogue HPL0211-2007/2008, Chapter 9.
Moeller NK0211-1179
Innovations all round

NZM circuit-breakers
Page
Circuit-breakers NZM
Uniting innovative protection concepts with diagnostic New NZM1/2/3 plug-in and Ordering 8/2
withdrawable units
and communication functions, the NZM circuit- Circuit-breakers, 3-pole 8/2
- Now also available for NZM1
breakers provide safe and reliable switching and - For NZM1/2/3 as combination
Circuit-breakers, 4-pole 8/8
control of power in industrial, building services and models consisting of switch with Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, 3-pole 8/10
permanently fitted plug section.
machine applications. - Easy ordering of switch section
Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, 4-pole 8/16
and socket section. Switch-disconnector, UL/CSA, IEC for North America 8/17
Page 8/25 Switch-disconnectors for 1000 V DC, 2-pole 8/18
New Switch-disconnectors, 3-pole 8/19
New Switch-disconnectors, for 1000 V AC, 3-pole 8/20
Connection 8/22
Plug-in units, withdrawable modules 8/24
combination models NZM1, NZM2, NZM3 8/26
Door coupling rotary handle for North America, main switch assembly kit 8/30
Insulating surround, auxiliary contact 8/31
New Switch-disconnectors for
Remote operators, circuit-breaker with residual-current release, 3-pole 8/32
1000 V DC
Multi-function device adapters 8/33
- Maximum rated current up to
1400 A at 65 °C for photovoltaic Engineering 8/34
applications.
- Jumpers with protective shroud Selectivity: incoming circuit-breaker, outgoing circuit-breaker 8/34
NZM2/3/4: Rotary handle for
for fast connection. Cable protection, back-up protection 8/35
main switch in North America
Page 8/18 Direction of blow-out, minimum clearances, characteristic curve 8/36
Circuit-breaker series NZM1 to NZM3 with 36 kA - Operator controls of machines are always
connected with the switch. Technical data 8/42
at 400/415 V - Additional handle on the switch with
NZMC… deliberate action operation against Circuit-breakers 8/42
- High 36 kA switching capacity with up to 500 A rated current. unintentional actuation. Switch-disconnectors for 1000 V AC/DC, temperature dependency 8/44
- Attractively priced for standard applications. - Main safety features are fitted in
Terminal capacities, auxiliary contacts 8/47
- Suitable for DC applications up to 750 V. duplicate, outside on the door coupling
- Same accessories as all NZM circuit-breakers. rotary handle and inside on the switch. Remote operator, 3-pole circuit-breaker with residual current 8/48
release
Page 8/2 Page 8/30
Dimensions 8/49
Our full circuit-breaker and switch-disconnector product

range can be found in the Industrial Switchgear Main
Catalogue, HPL0211-2007/2008, Chapter 10 and at http://
New NZM2: Remote operator XRD for standard tasks catalog.moeller.net.
- For standard automated power control applications.
- Actuation through continuous or three-wire control with switching times of only
170 ms.
- Less expensive than the synchronization-capable fast remote operator NZM2-XR New Auxiliary switch New NZM2/3 with box terminal
with the same mounting, actuation and dimensions.
with double contact as standard
Page 8/32
M22-CK... - NZM2 and NZM3 now also as
- Application: For all circuit- combination models (...-BT) with
breakers NZM and switch- ready-fitted box terminals top
disconnectors PN and N, and bottom.
especially sizes 1 and 2 due to - Order your accessories quickly
the limited number of slots. and easily.
Advantages: fewer versions and Page 8/12
less stock, as they come from
the RMQ control circuit devices
range, see Chapter 1 of this
catalogue.
Page 8/31
New Circuit-breakers with thermomagnetic release, 3-pole Circuit-breakers with thermomagnetic release, 3-pole New
NZM…2, NZM…3 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM…2, NZM…3
Basic switching capacity 25 kA at Comfort switching capacity 36 kA Normal switching capacity 50 kA at High switching capacity 100/150
415 V 50/60 Hz at 415 V 50/60 Hz 415 V 50/60 Hz kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz
Rated current = Setting range Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
rated Article no. see price list Article no. see price list Article no. see price list Article no. see price list
uninterrupted
current
I n = Iu Overload Short-circuit
releases releases
Ir Irm
A A A
I
Protection of systems and cables

Screw terminals as standard, clamp-type terminals as accessories
300 240…300 2000…2500 NZMB2-A300 1 off NZMC2-A300 1 off NZMN2-A300 1 off NZMH2-A300 1 off IEC/EN 60947-2
107518 107519 107580 107581 Adjustable overload release Ir
• 0.8 … 1 x In (ex-works 0.8 x In)
Adjustable short-circuit release Ii
• 6 … 10 x In (ex-works 6 x In)
– NZM…-A40: 8 … 10 x In (ex-works 8 x In)
320 250…320 1920…3200 NZMC3-A320 NZMN3-A320 NZMH3-A320
Fixed short-circuit release Ii
109665 109669 109673
• 350 A at In = 20 … 32 A
400 320…400 2400…4000 NZMC3-A400 NZMN3-A400 NZMH3-A400 • 1280 A at In = 160 A (NZM1)
109666 109670 109674
500 400…500 3000…5000 NZMC3-A500 NZMN3-A500 NZMH3-A500
109667 109671 109675
Clamp-type terminals as standard, screw terminals as accessories
20 15…20 350 NZMH2-A20-BT 1 off

110296
25 20…25 350 NZMH2-A25-BT
110297
32 25…32 350 NZMH2-A32-BT
110298
40 32…40 320…400 NZMH2-A40-BT
110287
50 40…50 300…500 NZMH2-A50-BT
110288
63 50…63 380…630 NZMH2-A63-BT
110289
80 63…80 480…800 NZMH2-A80-BT
110290
100 80…100 600…1000 NZMH2-A100-BT
110291
125 100…125 750…1250 NZMH2-A125-BT
110292
160 125…160 960…1600 NZMB2-A160-BT 1 off NZMC2-A160-BT 1 off NZMN2-A160-BT 1 off NZMH2-A160-BT
110215 110219 110283 110293
200 160…200 1200…2000 NZMB2-A200-BT NZMC2-A200-BT NZMN2-A200-BT NZMH2-A200-BT
110216 110280 110284 110294
110217 110281 110285 110295
110214 110218 110282 110286
320 250…320 1920…3200 NZMC3-A320-BT NZMN3-A320-BT NZMH3-A320-BT
110299 110302 110305
110300 110303 110306
110301 110304 110307
Notes Notes for terminals a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 10/45
NZMC1-…, NZMC2-… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZMC1-…, NZMC2-…
Comfort switching capacity 36 kA

at 415 V 50/60 Hz
Rated current = rated Setting range Motor rating AC-3 at 400 V Rated operational current Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
uninterrupted current 50/60 Hz AC-3 at 400 V 50/60 Hz Article no. see price list
In = Iu Overload releases Non-delayed short-circuit P Ie
release
A Ir Ii
A A kW A
I
Motor protection
40 32…40 320…560 18,5 36 NZMC1-M40 1 off IEC/EN 60947-4-1 and IEC/EN 60947-2
271398
50 40…50 400…700 22 41 NZMC1-M50 The circuit-breaker fulfills all requirements for AC 3 switching category
271399
Adjustable overload releases Ir
63 50…63 504…882 30 55 NZMC1-M63 • 0.8 … 1 x In (ex-works 0.8 x In)
271400 – NZM…1-M…: with single phasing sensitivity
80 63…80 640…1120 37 68 NZMC1-M80 – Tripping class 10 A
271401
100 80…100 800…1250 55 99 NZMC1-M100 Adjustable short-circuit releases Ii
271402 • 8 … 14 x In (ex-works 12 x In)
– NZMH2-M32: 10 … 14 x In (ex-works 12 x In)
Screw terminals as standard, clamp-type terminals as accessories – NZM…1-M100: 8 … 12.5 x In (ex-works 12 x In)
125 100…125 1000…1750 55 99 NZMC2-M125 1 off Fixed short-circuit release Ii
271424 • 350 A at In = 20 … 25 A
160 125…160 1280…2240 75 134 NZMC2-M160
271425
200 160…200 1600…2500 110 196 NZMC2-M200 Tripping class Tripping time Tp with load on all poles of 7.2 times
271426 current setting value
250 A 2 s < Tp F 10 s
10 2 s < Tp F 10 s
20 6 s < Tp F 20 s
30 9 s < Tp F 30 s
Circuit-breakers with magnetic short-circuit release, 3-pole Circuit-breakers with magnetic short-circuit release, 3-pole
NZM…1, NZM…2, NZM…3 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM…1, NZM…2, NZM…3
Basic switching capacity Comfort switching capacity Normal switching capacity High switching capacity
25 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz 36 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz 50 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz 100/150 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz
Rated current = Setting range Motor rating AC- Rated Part no. Price Part no. Price Part no. Price Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
rated Non-delayed 3 at 400 V 50/60 operational Article no. see price list Article no. see price list Article no. see price list Article no. see price list
uninterrupted short-circuit Hz current AC-3 at
current 400 V 50/60 Hz
release
In = Iu Ii P Ie
A A kW A
I
Short-circuit protection
3-pole
40 320…560 18.5 36 NZMB1-S40 NZMC1-S40 NZMN1-S40 NZMH1-S40 1 off IEC/EN 60947-4-1 and IEC/EN 60947-2
265726 271403 New 265731 284436 The circuit-breakers fulfill all requirements for AC 3 switching category.
50 400…700 22 41 NZMB1-S50 NZMC1-S50 NZMN1-S50 NZMH1-S50 Adjustable short-circuit releases Ii
265727 271404 New 265732 284437 • 8 - 14 x In (ex-works 12 x In)
– NZM…1-S100, NZM…2-S200: 8 - 12.5 x In (ex-works 12 x In)
63 504…882 30 55 NZMB1-S63 NZMC1-S63 NZMN1-S63 NZMH1-S63 – NZM…3-S400, NZM…3-S500: 6 - 10 x In
265728 271405 New 265733 284438 Without overload release Ir
80 640…1120 37 68 NZMB1-S80 NZMC1-S80 NZMN1-S80 NZMH1-S80
265729 271406 New 265734 284439 Selection
100 800…1250 55 99 NZMB1-S100 NZMC1-S100 NZMN1-S100 NZMH1-S100 of circuit-breakers without overload release when combining for instance with
265730 271407 New 265735 284440 electronic motor-protective relays ZEV:
The tripping response of the motor-protective relay is matched to the starting
behaviour of the motor to be protected by setting of the tripping class (CLASS).
40 320…560 18.5 36 NZMH2-S40 1 off
265742 In in A Maximum permissible tripping class CLASS
50 400…700 22 41 NZMH2-S50 NZM...1-S... 40 30
265743 50 30
63 504…882 30 55 NZMH2-S63 63 30
265744
80 20
80 640…1120 37 68 NZMH2-S80
265745 100 15
100 800…1400 55 99 NZMH2-S100 NZM...2-S... 40 30
265746 50 30
125 1000…1750 55 99 NZMB2-S125 NZMC2-S125 NZMN2-S125 NZMH2-S125 63 30
265736 271427 New 265739 265747 80 30
160 1280…2240 75 134 NZMB2-S160 NZMC2-S160 NZMN2-S160 NZMH2-S160 100 30
265737 271428 New 265740 265748
125 30
200 1600…2500 110 196 NZMB2-S200 NZMC2-S200 NZMN2-S200 NZMH2-S200
265738 271429 New 265741 265749 160 20
250 2000…3500 132 231 NZMC3-S250 NZMN3-S250 NZMH3-S250 200 10
109676 New 109680 New 109684 New NZM...3-S... 250 30
109677 New 109681 New 109685 New 400 30
109678 New 109682 New 109686 New
500 3000…5000 250 437 NZMC3-S500 NZMN3-S500 NZMH3-S500
109679 New 109683 New 109687 New Tripping class Tripping time Tp with load on all poles of 7.2 times
current setting value.
10 A 2 s < Tp F 10 s
10 4 s < Tp F 10 s
20 6 s < Tp F 20 s
30 9 s < Tp F 30 s
Motor-starter combination of classification types 1 and 2 can be found in section

“Fuseless motor-starter combinations”.

1) Applies to NZM1
2) Applies to NZM2 and NZM3
Circuit-breakers with thermomagnetic release, 4-pole Circuit-breakers with thermomagnetic release, 4-pole
NZM…1, NZM…2, NZM…3 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM…1, NZM…2, NZM…3
Basic switching capacity 25 kA at Comfort switching capacity 36 kA at Normal switching capacity 50 kA at High switching capacity 100/150 kA at
415 V 50/60 Hz 415 V 50/60 Hz 415 V 50/60 Hz 415 V 50/60 Hz
Rated current Setting range Part no. Price Part no. Price Part no. Price Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
= rated Article no. see price Article no. see price Article no. see price list Article no. see price list
uninterrupted Overload release Overload release Short-circuit list list
current Phase conductor Neutral releases
conductor
In = Iu Ir Ir Irm
A A A A
I

20 15…20 15…20 350 NZMB1-4-A20 NZMC1-4-A20 NZMN1-4-A20 NZMH1-4-A20 1 off IEC/EN 60947-2
281237 283300 New 281245 284416
25 20…25 20…25 350 NZMB1-4-A25 NZMC1-4-A25 NZMN1-4-A25 NZMH1-4-A25 Adjustable overload releases Ir
281239 283302 New 281247 284418 • 0.8 – 1 x In (ex-works 0.8 x In)
32 25…32 25…32 350 NZMB1-4-A32 NZMC1-4-A32 NZMN1-4-A32 NZMH1-4-A32 Setting on neutral pole implemented via the main pole setting Ir.
281241 283304 New 281249 284420
40 32…40 32…40 320…400 NZMB1-4-A40 NZMC1-4-A40 NZMN1-4-A40 NZMH1-4-A40 Adjustable short-circuit releases IIi
265799 271408 New 265811 284422 • 6 – 10 x In (ex-works 6 x In)
50 40…50 40…50 300…500 NZMB1-4-A50 NZMC1-4-A50 NZMN1-4-A50 NZMH1-4-A50 – NZM…1-4-A40: 8 – 10 x In (ex-works 8 x In)
265801 271410 New 265813 284424
Fixed short-circuit release Ii
63 50…63 50…63 380…630 NZMB1-4-A63 NZMC1-4-A63 NZMN1-4-A63 NZMH1-4-A63 • 350 A at In = 20 – 32 A
265803 271412 New 265815 284426 • 1280 A at In = 160 A (8 x In)
80 63…80 63…80 480…800 NZMB1-4-A80 NZMC1-4-A80 NZMN1-4-A80 NZMH1-4-A80
265805 271414 New 265817 284428 NZM…1-4-A…
• With 100 % overload and short-circuit protection in 4th pole
265807 271416 New 265819 284430
265809 271418 265821 284432
160 125…160 125…160 1280 NZMB1-4-A160 NZMC1-4-A160 NZMN1-4-A160 NZMH1-4-A160
281243 283306 New 281251 284434
160 125…160 125…160 960…1600 NZMB2-4-A160 NZMC2-4-A160 NZMN2-4-A160 NZMH2-4-A160 1 off
265849 271432 New 265860 265871
160 125…160 80…100 960…1600 NZMB2-4-A160/100 NZMC2-4-A160/100 NZMN2-4-A160/100 NZMH2-4-A160/100
265850 271433 New 265861 265872
265852 271435 New 265863 265874
265853 271436 New 265864 265875
265855 271438 New 265866 265877
265856 271439 New 265867 265878
107582 New 107584 New 107586 New 107588 New
107583 New 107585 New 107587 New 107589 New
320 250…320 250…320 1920…3200 NZMC3-4-A320 NZMN3-4-A320 NZMH3-4-A320
109688 New 109694 New 109700 New
320 250…320 160…200 1920…3200 NZMC3-4-A320/200 NZMN3-4-A320/200 NZMH3-4-A320/200
109689 New 109695 New 109701 New
109690 New 109696 New 109702 New
109691 New 109697 New 109703 New
109692 New 109698 New 109704 New
109693 New 109699 New 109705 New

1) Applies to NZM1
2) Applies to NZM2 and NZM3
New Thermomagnetic releases Thermomagnetic releases New
NZMN2-…, NZMH2-… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZMN2-…, NZMH2-…
Normal switching capacity High switching capacity
85 kA 240 V 60 Hz 150 kA 240 V 60 Hz
42 kA 480 V 60 Hz 100 kA 480 V 60 Hz
Rated current = rated Setting range Motor rating Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
uninterrupted current Article no. see price list Article no. see price list
Overload releases Short-circuit 460 V
releases 480 V
Non-delayed Typ
I n = Iu Ir Ii
A A A HP
Motor
100% rated
3-pole
Adjustable overload releases
Time-lag setting for overload release
Adjustable non-delayed short-circuit releases
Standard terminal screws
Terminals as accessories
90 45…90 90…1260 60 NZMN2-ME90-NA 1 off NZMH2-ME90-NA 1 off DILM80 Approved to UL489 and CSA-C22.2 No. 39483.
118964 118967 DILM95 Additional motor protective characteristics (calibration) to UL508 and CSA-C22.2 No. 14.
140 70…140 140…1960 100 NZMN2-ME140-NA NZMH2-ME140-NA DILM115 Adjustable short-circuit releases IIi
118965 118968 DILM150 • 2 – 14 x Ir
Adjustable time delay setting to overcome current peaks tr
200 100…200 200…2800 150 NZMN2-ME200-NA NZMH2-ME200-NA DILM185 • 2 – 20 x at 6 x Ir
118966 118969 DILM225
Normal switching capacity High switching capacity

85 kA 240 V 60 Hz 150 kA 240 V 60 Hz
42 kA 480 V 60 Hz 100 kA 480 V 60 Hz
35 kA 600 V 60 Hz 50 kA 600 V 60 Hz
Rated current = rated Setting range Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
uninterrupted current Overload releases Short-circuit Article no. see price list Article no. see price list
Non-delayed Delayed
I n = Iu Ir Ii Isd
A A A A
Systems, cable, transformer and generator protection

Fixed overload releases
3-pole
150 150 1800 300…1500 NZMN2-VEF150-BT-NA 1 off NZMH2-VEF150-BT-NA 1 off Switches conform to UL/CSA as well as the IEC regulations.
107593 107598 IEC switching performance values are contained on the rating plate.
175 175 2100 350…1750 NZMN2-VEF175-BT-NA NZMH2-VEF175-BT-NA UL 489, CSA-C22.2-5.1, IEC/EN 60947-2
107594 107599 Fixed overload releases Ir
R.m.s. value measurement and 'thermal memory'
200 200 2400 400…2000 NZMN2-VEF200-BT-NA NZMH2-VEF200-BT-NA Adjustable time delay setting to overcome current peaks tr
107595 107840 • 2 – 20 s at 6 x Ir (ex-works 10 s)
225 225 2700 450…2250 NZMN2-VEF225-BT-NA NZMH2-VEF225-BT-NA Adjustable delayed short-circuit releases Isd
107596 107841 • 2 – 10 x Ir (ex-works 6 x Ir)
250 250 3000 500…2500 NZMN2-VEF250-BT-NA NZMH2-VEF250-BT-NA – NZM...3-VEF450...600-NA: 1.5 – 7 x Ir (ex-works 6 x Ir)
107597 107842 Adjustable delay time tsd
• Steps 0, 20, 60, 100, 200, 300, 500, 750, 1000 ms (ex-works 0 ms)
Adjustable non-delayed short-circuit releases Ii
• NZM2: fixed 12 x In
• NZM...3-VEF250...400-NA: 2 – 11 x In (ex-works 11 x In)
• NZM...3-VEF450...600-NA: 2 – 8 x In (ex-works 8 x In)
• NZM...4-VEF...-NA: 2 – 12 x In (ex-works 12 x In)
i2t constant function
• NZM2: fixed OFF
• NZM3, NZM4 switched (ex-works OFF)
Normal switching capacity for NZMN2-…-NA: 35 kA/480 V
Normal switching capacity for NZMN2-…-NA: 25 kA/600 V
New Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, thermomagnetic release Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, thermomagnetic release New
NZMB2-…, NZMN2-…, NZMH2-… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZMB2-…, NZMN2-…, NZMH2-…
Basic switching capacity Normal switching capacity High switching capacity
35 kA 240 V 60 Hz 85 kA 240 V 60 Hz 150 kA 240 V 60 Hz
25 kA 600 V 60 Hz 65/50 kA 600 V 60 Hz
Rated current = rated Setting range Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
uninterrupted current Article no. see price list Article no. see price list Article no. see price list
Overload releases Short-circuit releases
In = Iu Ir Ii
A A A
I

3-pole
15 15 350 NZMB2-AF15-BT-NA 1 off NZMN2-AF15-BT-NA 1 off NZMH2-AF15-BT-NA 1 off Switches conform to UL/CSA as well as the IEC
107611 107631 107809 regulations.
20 20 350 NZMB2-AF20-BT-NA NZMN2-AF20-BT-NA NZMH2-AF20-BT-NA IEC switching performance values are contained on
107612 107632 107810 the rating plate.
UL 489, CSA-C22.2-5.1, IEC/EN 60947-2
25 25 350 NZMB2-AF25-BT-NA NZMN2-AF25-BT-NA NZMH2-AF25-BT-NA
107613 107633 107811 Fixed overload releases Ir
30 30 350 NZMB2-AF30-BT-NA NZMN2-AF30-BT-NA NZMH2-AF30-BT-NA
107614 107634 107812 Adjustable short-circuit releases IIi
35 35 320…400 NZMB2-AF35-BT-NA NZMN2-AF35-BT-NA NZMH2-AF35-BT-NA • ca. 6 – 10 x In (ex-works 6 x In)
107615 107635 107813 – NZM...-AF35/40-NA: approx. 8 – 10 x In
Fixed short-circuit releases Ii
40 40 320…400 NZMB2-AF40-BT-NA NZMN2-AF40-BT-NA NZMH2-AF40-BT-NA • 350 A at In = 15 – 30 A
107616 107636 107814
45 45 300…500 NZMB2-AF45-BT-NA NZMN2-AF45-BT-NA NZMH2-AF45-BT-NA Basic switching capacity 25 kA 480 V and normal
107617 107637 107815 switching capacity 35 kA 480 V for NZM…-1-…-NA:
480Y/277 V AC.
50 50 300…500 NZMB2-AF50-BT-NA NZMN2-AF50-BT-NA NZMH2-AF50-BT-NA Basic switching capacity 18 kA 600 V and normal
107618 107638 107816 switching capacity 25 kA 600 V for NZM1 3 pole.
60 60 380…630 NZMB2-AF60-BT-NA NZMN2-AF60-BT-NA NZMH2-AF60-BT-NA For NZMH2 3-pole > 125 A: 50 kA
107619 107639 107817
70 70 480…800 NZMB2-AF70-BT-NA NZMN2-AF70-BT-NA NZMH2-AF70-BT-NA
107620 107640 107818
107621 107641 107819
107622 107642 107820
107623 107643 107821
107624 107644 107822
107625 107645 107823
107626 107646 107824
107627 107647 107825
107628 107648 107826
107629 107649 107827
107630 107650 107828
4-pole
125 125 750…1250 NZMB2-4-AF125-BT-NA 1 off NZMN2-4-AF125-BT-NA 1 off NZMH2-4-AF125-BT-NA 1 off Switches conform to UL/CSA as well as the IEC
113011 113005 113017 regulations.
150 150 960…1600 NZMB2-4-AF150-BT-NA NZMN2-4-AF150-BT-NA NZMH2-4-AF150-BT-NA IEC switching performance values are contained on
113012 113006 113018 the rating plate.
UL 489, CSA-C22.2 No. 5-02, IEC/EN 60947-2
175 175 1200…2000 NZMB2-4-AF175-BT-NA NZMN2-4-AF175-BT-NA NZMH2-4-AF175-BT-NA
225 225 1500…2500 NZMB2-4-AF225-BT-NA NZMN2-4-AF225-BT-NA NZMH2-4-AF225-BT-NA • approx. 6 – 10 x In (ex-works 6 x In)
113015 113009 113021
113016 113010 113022
NZMB2-… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZMB2-…
Basic switching capacity240
V 60 Hz
480 V 60 Hz
600 V 60 Hz
Rated current = rated uninterrupted current Setting range Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
Short-circuit releases
In = Iu Ii
A A
I
Motor protection
Motor protection in conjunction with contactor and overload relay
with short-circuit release
without overload release
3-pole
1,6 12,8…22,4 NZMB2-S1,6-BT-CNA 1 off Switches conform to UL/CSA as well as the IEC regulations.
107651 IEC switching performance values from 40 A are contained on the rating plate.
2,4 19,2…33,6 NZMB2-S2,4-BT-CNA UL 489, CSA-C22.2-5.1, IEC/EN 60947-4-1
107652 • NZM…2-S250-CNA: IEC/EN 60947-2
5 32…56 NZMB2-S5-BT-CNA Adjustable short-circuit release Ii
107653 • 8 … 14 x In (ex-works 12 x In)
8 48…84 NZMB2-S8-BT-CNA – NZM…2-S4…33-CNA: 8 … 10 x In (ex-works 10 x In)
107654 – NZM…2-S250-CNA: 8 … 10 x In (ex-works 10 x In)
12 80…140 NZMB2-S12-BT-CNA
107655 Without overload release Ir
18 128…224 NZMB2-S18-BT-CNA
107656
26 200…350 NZMB2-S26-BT-CNA
107657 CNA: The device has components approved to UL. The conditions of approval must be observed during use,
33 256…448 NZMB2-S33-BT-CNA i.e. the device must be combined with a suitable contactor and overload relay.
107658 A switching capacity is stated for the complete motor-starter combination.
The device is approved as a CSA approved single device.
40 320…560 NZMB2-S40-BT-CNA
107659
50 400…700 NZMB2-S50-BT-CNA
107660
63 504…882 NZMB2-S63-BT-CNA
107661
80 640…1120 NZMB2-S80-BT-CNA
107662
100 800…1400 NZMB2-S100-BT-CNA
107663
125 1000…1750 NZMB2-S125-BT-CNA
107664
160 1280…2240 NZMB2-S160-BT-CNA
107665
200 1600…2500 NZMB2-S200-BT-CNA
107666
250 2000…2500 NZMB2-S250-BT-CNA
107667
New Thermomagnetic releases Thermomagnetic releases New
NZMB2-…, NZMN2-…, NZMH2-… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NS2-…-BT-NA
Basic switching capacity Normal switching capacity High switching capacity

Rated current = rated Setting range Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
uninterrupted current Article no. see price list Article no. see price list Article no. see price list
Overload releases Short-circuit releases
In = Iu Ir Ii
A A A
I

4-pole
125 125 750…1250 NZMB2-4-AF125-BT-NA 1 off NZMN2-4-AF125-BT-NA 1 off NZMH2-4-AF125-BT-NA 1 off Switches conform to UL/CSA as well as the IEC
113011 113005 113017 regulations.
150 150 960…1600 NZMB2-4-AF150-BT-NA NZMN2-4-AF150-BT-NA NZMH2-4-AF150-BT-NA IEC switching performance values are contained
113012 113006 113018 on the rating plate.
UL 489, CSA-C22.2 No. 5-02, IEC/EN 60947-2
225 225 1500…2500 NZMB2-4-AF225-BT-NA NZMN2-4-AF225-BT-NA NZMH2-4-AF225-BT-NA • ca. 6 – 10 x In (ex-works 6 x In)
113015 113009 113021
113016 113010 113022
3 switch positions I, +, 0; can be tripped

remotely with shunt/undervoltage release
Rated current = rated Switching capacity Response range of the short-circuit Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
uninterrupted current releases Article no. see price list
At 480 V 60 Hz At 600 V 60 Hz
In = Iu Ii
A kA kA A
Molded case switches

These switches are especially recommended as incoming switches for the North American market.
3-pole
160 100 50 2500 NS2-160-BT-NA 1 off The switches are equipped with a permanently set short-circuit release (self-protection) and correspond to
107578 standard UL 489/CSA 22.2 No 5.1.
200 100 50 2500 NS2-200-BT-NA The switches are also tested to IEC/EN 60947-2 as circuit-breakers without overload protection (CBI-X) with
107579 main-switch characteristics according to IEC/EN 60204 and isolating characteristics according to IEC 60947.
250 100 50 2500 NS2-250-BT-NA
107610
N2, NS3 and N4 can also be combined with the NZM…-XR… remote operator.
Undervoltage and shunt releases NZM…-XU, NZM…-XA and trip indicating auxiliary contacts (HIA) can be used.
8/18 Ordering
New Switch-disconnectors, for 1000V DC, 2 pole
N4-4…-S1-DC Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
3 switch positions I, +, 0; can be tripped

remotely with shunt/undervoltage
Rated current = rated uninterrupted Short-circuit protection, max. fuse gL- Part no. Price Std. pack
current characteristic Article no. see price list
I n = Iu
A A gL
Switch-disconnectors, for 1000V DC, 2-pole

800 1600 N4-4-800-S1-DC 1 off
119890
1000 1600 N4-4-1000-S1-DC
119891
1250 1600 N4-4-1250-S1-DC
119886
1400 1400 N4-4-1400-S1-DC
119887
Notes IEC/EN 60947-3

Main switch characteristics including positive drive to IEC/EN 60204 and VDE 0113.
Isolating characteristics to IEC/EN 60947 and VDE 0660.
Protection against electric shock to VDE 0160 part 100.
Switch-disconnectors N can also be combined with voltage releases NZM…-XU and NZM…-XA and auxiliary contacts
and with remote operator NZM...-XR...
Connection methods:
For 2-pole switching two poles must each be connected in series. See terminal jumpers N4-4-XKV2P under accessories.
Rated current For use with Part no. Price Std. pack
In
A
Terminal jumpers
For 2-pole switching of > 250 V DC
1400 at 40 °C N4-4-…S1-DC 2-pole NZM4-4-XKV2P 1 off
1250 at 65 °C 119888
1400 at 65 °C N4-4-1400-S1-DC 2-pole NZM4-4-XKV2P-1400 1 off

119905
Notes Model contains parts for the above series of switches for 4-pole switches used in 2-pole DC applications.
NZM4-4-XKV2P with shroud for protection against accidental contact IP2X
Each jumper connects two current paths in series
Allows 2-pole switching of DC > 250 V
Infeed and outgoer at switch underside,
for 65 °C ambient temperature connection at underside through module plates NZM4-4-XKM2S-1600.
Ordering 8/19
Switch-disconnectors New
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 PN2-…, PN3-…, N2-…, N3-…
2 switch positions Ι, 0. 3 switch positions I, + , 0;
cannot be remotely operated can be tripped remotely with shunt/
under voltage release
Rated current = rated Short-circuit protective Type Price Type Price Std. pack
uninterrupted current device max. fuse gL- Article no. see price list Article no. see price list
characteristic
In = Iu
A A gL
Switch-disconnectors
3-pole
160 250 PN2-160-BT N2-160-BT 1 off
110308 110311
200 250 PN2-200-BT N2-200-BT
110309 110312
250 250 PN2-250-BT N2-250-BT
110310 110313
400 630 PN3-400-BT N3-400-BT
110314 110316
630 630 PN3-630-BT N3-630-BT
110315 110317
Notes Notes about connection a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 10/49

Main switch characteristics including positive drive to IEC/EN 60204 and VDE 0113
Isolating characteristics to IEC/EN 60947-3 and VDE 0660
Protection against electric shock to VDE 0160 Teil 100.
Undervoltage and shunt releases NZM…-XU, NZM…-XA and trip indicating auxiliary contacts can also be used with switch-disconnectors N.
N2…and N3… can also be combined with the NZM…-XR… remote operator.
IEC devices with main switch characteristics to Technical overview

IEC/EN 60204 and with isolating characteristics to Circuit-breaker for 1000V, 3-pole
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 660
System and cable protection Selectivity protection Motor protection

Switching capacity
1000 V kA/p.f. Icu 10/0.5 15/0.5 20/0.3 10/0.5 20/0.3 15/0.5 20/0.3
Ics 3/0.5 10/0.5 15/0.3 3/0.5 15/0.3 10/0.5 15/0.3
Rated current In = Iu Iu Iu Iu Iu Iu Iu
rated uninterrupted current Iu
Ambient temperature at 100% Iu A A A A A A A
min./max. –25/+50
NZMH2- NZMH3- NZMH4- NZMH2- NZMH4- NZMH3- NZMH4-
A...-S1 AE...-S1 AE...-S1 VE...-S1 VE...-S1 ME...-S1 ME...-S1
20 250 630 100 630 220 550
25 400 800 160 800 350 875
32 630 1000 250 1000 450 1400
40 1250 1250
50 1600 1600
63
80
100
125
160
200
250
300
8/20 Ordering
New Switch-disconnectors for 1000V DC, 2-pole
NZMH2…, NZMH3…, NZMH4… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Rated current Setting range Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
= rated Article no. see price list
uninterrupted Overload Short-circuit
current releases releases
I n = Iu Ir Ii
A A A
I

20 15…20 350 NZMH2-A20-S1 1 off IEC/EN 60947-2

290355 Adjustable overload releases Ir
25 20…25 350 NZMH2-A25-S1 • NZMH2-A...-S1: 0.8 – 1 x In (ex-works 0.8
290356 x In )
• NZMH3-AE...-S1: 0.5 – 1 x In (ex-works 0.5
32 25…32 350 NZMH2-A32-S1 x In )
290357 • NZMH4-AE...-S1: 0.5 – 1 x In (ex-works 0.5
40 32…40 320…400 NZMH2-A40-S1 x In )
290358 Adjustable short-circuit releases IIi
• NZMH2-A40-S1: 8 – 10 x In (ex-works 8 x
50 40…50 300…500 NZMH2-A50-S1
In )
290359
• NZMH2-A50...250-S1: 6 – 10 x In (ex-
63 50…63 380…630 NZMH2-A63-S1 works 6 x In)
290360 • NZMH2-A300-S1: 6 – 8x In (ex-works 6 x
80 63…80 480…800 NZMH2-A80-S1 In )
290361 • NZMH3-AE250/400-S1: 2 – 11 x In (ex-
works 6 x In)
100 80…100 600…1000 NZMH2-A100-S1 • NZMH3-AE630-S1: 2 – 8 x In (ex-works 6
290362 x In )
125 100…125 750…1250 NZMH2-A125-S1 • NZMH4-AE...-S1: 2 – 12 x In (ex-works 6 x
290363 In)
160 125…160 960…1600 NZMH2-A160-S1 Fixed short-circuit release Ii
290364 • 350 A at In = 20 – 32 A
200 160…200 1200…2000 NZMH2-A200-S1 Connection types
290365 NZM2: Cover NZM2-XKSA necessary
250 200…250 1500…2500 NZMH2-A250-S1 NZM3: Cover NZM3-XKSA necessary
290366 NZM4: Insulated busbar connection (screw
300 240…300 2000…2500 NZMH2-A300-S1 terminal NZM4-XKS)
107577 New
250 125…250 500…2750 NZMH3-AE250-S1
119361 New
400 200…400 800…4400 NZMH3-AE400-S1
119362 New
630 315…630 1260…5040 NZMH3-AE630-S1
119363 New
630 315…630 1260…7560 NZMH4-AE630-S1
290370
800 400…800 1600…9600 NZMH4-AE800-S1
290371
1000 500…1000 2000… NZMH4-AE1000-S1
12000 290372
1250 630…1250 2500… NZMH4-AE1250-S1
15000 290373
1600 800…1600 3200… NZMH4-AE1600-S1
19200 290374
Notes Accessories a plug-in/withdrawable unit on request
Ordering 8/21
Switch-disconnectors for 1000V AC, 3-pole New
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZMH2…, NZMH3…, NZMH4…
Rated Setting range Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
current = Overload Short-circuit Article no. see price list
rated releases releases
uninterrupte
d current Non-delayed Delayed
I n = Iu Ir Ii Isd
A A A A
I I
Systems and cable protection, selectivity and generator protection

100 50…100 1200 100…1000 NZMH2-VE100-S1 1 off 1)
100777
160 80…160 1920 160…1600 NZMH2-VE160-S1
100778
250 125…250 3000 250…2500 NZMH2-VE250-S1
100779
400 200…400 800…4400 400…4000 NZMH3-VE400-S1
119367 New
630 315…630 1260…5040 472…4410 NZMH3-VE630-S1
119368 New
630 315…630 1260…7560 630…6300 NZMH4-VE630-S1

290375
800 400…800 1600…9600 800…8000 NZMH4-VE800-S1
290376
1000 500…1000 2000…12000 1000…10000 NZMH4-VE1000-S1
290377
1250 630…1250 2500…15000 1250…12500 NZMH4-VE1250-S1
290378
1600 800…1600 3200…19200 1600…16000 NZMH4-VE1600-S1
290379
Motor protection
220 110…220 220…3080 NZMH3-ME220-S1 1 off 2)
119364 New
350 175…350 350…4900 NZMH3-ME350-S1
119365 New
450 225…450 450…6300 NZMH3-ME450-S1
119366 New
550 275…550 550…7700 NZMH4-ME550-S1
290383
875 438…875 875…12250 NZMH4-ME875-S1
290384
1400 700…1400 1400…19600 NZMH4-ME1400-S1
290385
Notes Accessories a plug-in/withdrawable unit on request

1) IEC/EN60947-2 2) IEC/EN60947-2
Adjustable overload releases Ir Trip block with motor protection characteristic
• 0.5 – 1 x I (ex-works 0.8 x I ) Adjustable overload releases Ir
n n
R.m.s. value measurement and “thermal memory” • 0.5 … 1 x In (ex-works 0.8 x In)
Adjustable time delay setting to overcome current peaks tr R.m.s. value measurement and “thermal memory”
• 2 … 20 s at 6 x I also infinity (without overload release) (ex-works 10 s) Adjustable time delay setting to overcome current peaks tr
r
Adjustable delayed short-circuit releases Isd • 2 … 20 s at 6 x Ir, also infinity (without overload release) (ex-
• 2 – 10 x I (ex-works 6 x I ) works 10 s)
r r
• NZMH3-VE630: 1.5 – 7 x I (ex-works 6 x I ) Phase-failure sensitivity
r r
Adjustable delay time tsd Adjustable short-circuit releases Ii
Steps 0, 20, 60, 100, 200, 300, 500, 750, 1000 ms (ex-works 0 ms) • 2 … 14 x Ir (ex-works 12 x Ir)
Adjustable non-delayed short-circuit releases Ii Connection types
• NZM2 fixed 12 x I NZM2: Cover NZM2-XKSA necessary
n
• NZMH3-VE400: 2 – 11 x I (ex-works 6 x I ) NZM4: Insulated busbar connection (screw terminal NZM4-XKS)
n n
• NZMH3-VE630: 2 – 8 x I (ex-works 6 x I )
n n
• NZM…4-VE…: 2 – 12 x I (ex-works 12 x I )
n n
i2t constant function
• NZM2 fixed OFF
• NZM3, NZM4 switched (ex-works OFF)
Connection types
NZM2: Cover NZM2-XKSA necessary
NZM3: Cover NZM3-XKSA necessary
NZM4: insulated busbar connection (screw terminal NZM4-XKS)
New Termination Termination New
NZM2…, NZM3…, NZM4… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM2…, NZM3…, NZM4…
Rated current For use with Terminal capacities Terminal capacities Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
1) Article no. see price list
Type of conductor Terminal capacities AWG/kcmil Cu strip (number of segments x Copper busbar
width x segment thickness) width x thickness
In
A mm2 mm mm
Connection width extension

Two holes
for two screws
or large terminals
630 NZM3, PN3, N(S)3 3 pole Copper cable lugs NZM3-XKV70-2: 4 x 35 – 185 NZM3-XKV70-2: 2 x 350 NZM3-XKV70-2 + NZM4-XKB: (2 x) 10 x 50 NZM3-XKV70-2 1 off Model contains parts for a terminal located at top or
NZM3-XKV70-2 + NZM4-XKA: NZM3-XKV70-2 + NZM4- f 6 x 16 – 0.8 119860 bottom for 3-pole circuit-breakers.
4 x 50 – 240 XKA: 4 x 500 F (2 x) 10 x 32 x 1 Double hole fitting for up to four 185 mm2 cable lugs,
50 mm rail or large flat cable terminal NZM4-XKB or large
tunnel terminal NZM4-XKA
Can be fitted to circuit-breaker with screw terminals.
Phase isolator, insulating plate and 2 control circuit
terminals are included as standard.
with one threaded stud

short version
630 NZM3, PN3, N(S)3 3 pole Copper cable lugs 2 x 95–300 2 x 500 (2x) 10 x 32 x 1.0 (2 x) 10 x 40 NZM3-XKV70KB 1 off Model contains parts for a terminal located at top or
112884 bottom for 3-pole circuit-breakers.
Threaded stud for cable lugs up to 2 x 300 mm2
with two threaded studs

1600 NZM4, N(S)4 3 pole Copper cable lugs 4 x 95–300 4 x 500 (2x) 10 x 80 x 1.0 (2 x) 10 x 80 NZM4-XKV95-2KB 1 off Model contains parts for a terminal located at top or
119861 bottom for 3-pole circuit-breakers.
Threaded stud for cable lugs up to 4 x 300 mm2
Cable lug cover

– NZM2, PN2, NS2 3 pole Copper cable lugs 1 x 4-185 NZM2-XKSAE 1 off Model contains parts for one switch side located at top or
Aluminium cable 2 x 4-70 119868 bottom for 3- or 4-pole switch.
lug 1 x 10-50 Contact protection for connection of cable lugs to screw
2 x 10-50 connection.
– NZM3, PN3, NS3 3 pole Copper cable lugs 1 x 16-240 NZM3-XKSAE Degree of protextion IP2X when using insulated conductor
Aluminium cable 2 x 16-240 119869 material
lug 1 x 10-120
2 x 10-120
– NZM2(-4), PN2(-4), 4 pole Copper cable lugs 1 x 4-185 NZM2-4-XKSAE
NS2(-4) Aluminium cable 2 x 4-70 119870
lug 1 x 10-50
2 x 10-50
– NZM3(-4), PN3(-4), 4 pole Copper cable lugs 1 x 16-240 NZM3-4-XKSAE
NS3(-4) Aluminium cable 2 x 16-240 119871
lug 1 x 10-120
2 x 10-120
Notes 1) The rated current values have been determined conform to IEC/EN 60947 (switchgear standard) and generally apply to the max. defined
cross-sections. They are intended as a general guideline.
The engineering standards which apply in each case must be observed.
8/24 Ordering
New Termination
NZM1…, NZM2…, NZM3…, NZM4… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net

list
Termination

Cover, large
for connection width extension
NZM3, PN3, N(S)3 3-pole NZM3-XKSAV 1 off Model contains parts for a terminal located at top or bottom for 3-
+ NZM3-XKV70(-2) 119858 pole circuit-breakers.
Contact protection for connection of cable lugs or busbar to
connection extension.
Can also be used for connection width extension NZM3-XKV70 with
terminals NZM3-XK300, NZM3-XK22x21 or NZM4-XKA.
When using insulated conductor material to IP2X.
NZM4, N(S)4 3-pole NZM4-XKSAV 1 off Model contains parts for a terminal located at top or bottom for 3-
+ NZM4-XKV95(KB) 119876 pole circuit-breakers.
Contact protection for connection of cable lugs or busbar to
connection extension.
Degree of protextion IP2X when using insulated conductor material.
Insulation plates
NZM4, N(S)4 3-pole NZM4-XISP 1 off Model contains parts for a terminal located at top or bottom for 3-
+ NZM4-XKV… 119866 or 4-pole circuit-breakers.
Insulation protection to mounting plate when minimum clearances
are not maintained.
Included with the connection width extension.
NZM4(-4), N(S)4(-4) 4-pole NZM4-4-XISP 1 off

+ NZM4-4-XKV… 119867
Phase isolators
NZM1, PN1, N(S)1 3-pole NZM1-XKP 1 off Model contains parts for one switch side including insulating plate
119862 for mounting plate at top or bottom for 3- or 4-pole switch.
NZM2, PN2, N(S)2 3-pole NZM2-XKP 1 off Can not be combined with connection on rear NZM1/2(-4)-XKR.
119864 Insulation protection up to rated operational voltage Ue of 415 V AC
if minimum clearances are not maintained.
NZM1-4, PN1-4, 4-pole NZM1-4-XKP 1 off
N(S)1-4 119863
NZM2-4, PN2-4, 4-pole NZM2-4-XKP 1 off
N(S)2-4 119865
For use with Number Part no. Price Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
of Article no. see price Article no. when see price
conductors list ordered with list
basic unit
Plug-in and withdrawable units

For circuit-breakers NZM and switch-disconnectors N
not UL/CSA approved
Sockets
Completion with switch with plug-in module.
Clamp-type terminals as standard, screw terminals
as accessories
NZM1 3-pole NZM1-XSVS 1 off Inmax. at:
N1 109777 New 20°C: 125 A (NZM1)
70°C: 100 A (NZM1)
Mounting position: vertical, 90°
right, 90° left
Order control circuit plug unit
separately!
Screw terminals as standard, clamp-type terminals

as accessories
NZM2 3-pole NZM2-XSVS 1 off Inmax. at:
N2 266699 20 °C: 250 A
NZM2-4 4-pole NZM2-4-XSVS 1 off 40 °C: 230 A (NZM...2-...)
N2-4 266700 250 A (NZM...2-E...)
Mounting position: vertical, 90°
right, 90° left
Order control circuit plug unit
separately!
Ordering 8/25
Plug-in units
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM1…, NZM2…, NZM3…
For use with Number Part no. Price Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
of Article no. see price Article no. when see price
conductors list ordered with list
basic unit
Socket base1)
Retrofit of circuit-breaker with withdrawable units
Screw terminals as standard, plug-in terminals as
accessories
NZM3 3-pole NZM3-XAVS 1 off
N3 266711
NZM3-4 4-pole NZM3-4-XAVS
N3-4 266712
NZM4 3-pole NZM4-XAVS
N4 266713
NZM4-4 4-pole NZM4-4-XAVS
N4-4 266714
Removable module2)
Fits socket base
Only in combination with circuit-breaker
NZM1 3-pole -SVE 1 off Combination types of basic
N1 New device and removable module
NZM2 3-pole -SVE a page 8/26
N2 New a page 8/27
a page 8/28
NZM2-4 3-pole -SVE
N2-4 New
Withdrawable carrier1)
Not UL/CSA approved.
NZM3 3-pole -AVE 1 off Combination types of basic

N3 New device and withdrawable carrier
NZM3-4 3-pole -AVE a page 8/29
N3-4 New
NZM4 3-pole +NZM4-XAVE
N4 266717 New
NZM4-4 4-pole +NZM4-4-XAVE
N4-4 266718 New
Control circuit plug unit

NZM1, N1 For NZM2-XSVHI 1 off Order control circuit plug
NZM2(-4) auxiliary 266705 unitseparately!
N2(-4) contact, 10 terminals
shunt/
undervolt
age
release
NZM2(-4) For NZM2-XSVR
N2(-4) remote 266706
operator
Notes 1) I
nmax. at:
20 °C: 605 A (NZM3), 1600 A (NZM4)
40 °C: 550 A (NZM3), 1500 A (NZM4)
Mounting position:
NZM3: vertical, 90 ° left
NZM4: vertical
3 positions
Connected, test, disconnected
The 3 positions are indicated mechanically.
Additionally, auxiliary contacts are use for remote signalling. An optional M22-(C)K01 normally closed contact or M22-(C)K10 normally open
contact per position.
Also see the RMQ-Titan control circuit device range
All connections of auxiliary switches (HIA, HIN, HIV) and voltage releases to the control circuit plug units are already present.
Maximum utilisation: 3 HIN contacts, 2 HIA contacts, 2 HIV contacts
Cannot be combined with adapter kit NZM4/NZM14 (NZM4-XSAS14-…) or N(ZM)4/N(ZM)12.
2) I
nmax. at:
20 °C: 250 A
40 °C: 230 A (NZM...2-...)
250 A (NZM...2-E...)
Mounting position: vertical, 90° right, 90° left
Order control circuit plug unit separately!
3 positions: connected, test, disconnected.
The positions are indicated mechanically and, with auxiliary contacts, also electrically.
8/26 Ordering
New Plug-in units, 3-pole
NZM1, N1 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack
Article no. see price list Article no. see price list Article no. see price list
NZMB1-A20-SVE 1 off NZMC1-M63-SVE 1 off NZMH1-A40-SVE 1 off

112733 112745 112798

112734 112746 112799
112735 112747 112800
NZMB1-A40-SVE 1 off NZMC1-S40-SVE 1 off NZMH1-A80-SVE 1 off
112703 112748 112801
112704 112749 112802
112705 112750 112803
NZMB1-A80-SVE 1 off NZMC1-S80-SVE 1 off NZMH1-M40-SVE 1 off
112706 112751 115790
NZMB1-A100-SVE 1 off NZMC1-S100-SVE 1 off NZMH1-M50-SVE 1 off
112707 112752 115791
NZMB1-A125-SVE 1 off NZMN1-A20-SVE 1 off NZMH1-M63-SVE 1 off
112708 112776 115792
NZMB1-M40-SVE 1 off NZMN1-A25-SVE 1 off NZMH1-M80-SVE 1 off
112709 112777 115793
NZMB1-M50-SVE 1 off NZMN1-A32-SVE 1 off NZMH1-M100-SVE 1 off
112720 112778 115794
NZMB1-M63-SVE 1 off NZMN1-A40-SVE 1 off NZMH1-S40-SVE 1 off
112721 112757 112805
112722 112758 112806
112723 112759 112807
NZMB1-S40-SVE 1 off NZMN1-A80-SVE 1 off NZMH1-S80-SVE 1 off
112724 112760 112808
NZMB1-S50-SVE 1 off NZMN1-A100-SVE 1 off NZMH1-S100-SVE 1 off
112725 112761 112809
NZMB1-S63-SVE 1 off NZMN1-A125-SVE 1 off N1-63-SVE 1 off
112726 112762 113729
NZMB1-S80-SVE 1 off NZMN1-M40-SVE 1 off N1-100-SVE 1 off
112727 112763 113730
NZMB1-S100-SVE 1 off NZMN1-M50-SVE 1 off N1-125-SVE 1 off
112728 112764 113731
NZMC1-A20-SVE 1 off NZMN1-M63-SVE 1 off
112753 112765
112754 112766
112755 112767
NZMC1-A40-SVE 1 off NZMN1-S40-SVE 1 off
112737 112768
112738 112769
112739 112770
112740 112771
112741 112772
NZMC1-A125-SVE 1 off NZMH1-A20-SVE 1 off
112742 112795
NZMC1-M40-SVE 1 off NZMH1-A25-SVE 1 off
112743 112796
NZMC1-M50-SVE 1 off NZMH1-A32-SVE 1 off
112744 112797
Ordering 8/27
Plug-in units, 3- and 4-pole New
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM2, N2
Article no. see price list Article no. see price list Article no. see price list
NZMB2-A125-SVE 1 off NZMC2-4-A200/125-SVE 1 off NZMH2-A20-SVE 1 off
113192 113237 113351
NZMB2-A160-SVE 1 off NZMC2-4-A250-SVE 1 off NZMH2-A25-SVE 1 off
113193 113239 113352
NZMB2-A200-SVE 1 off NZMC2-4-A250/160-SVE 1 off NZMH2-A32-SVE 1 off
113194 113240 113353
NZMB2-A250-SVE 1 off NZMN2-A125-SVE 1 off NZMH2-A40-SVE 1 off
113195 113243 113328
NZMB2-M125-SVE 1 off NZMN2-A160-SVE 1 off NZMH2-A50-SVE 1 off
113196 113244 113329
113197 113245 113330
113198 113246 113331
NZMB2-S125-SVE 1 off NZMN2-M125-SVE 1 off NZMH2-A100-SVE 1 off
113199 113250 113332
113200 113251 113333
113201 113252 113334
NZMB2-4-A125-SVE 1 off NZMN2-S125-SVE 1 off NZMH2-A200-SVE 1 off
113207 113253 113335
NZMB2-4-A160-SVE 1 off NZMN2-S160-SVE 1 off NZMH2-A250-SVE 1 off
113209 113254 113336
NZMB2-4-A160/100-SVE 1 off NZMN2-S200-SVE 1 off NZMH2-M20-SVE 1 off
113210 113255 113354
NZMB2-4-A200-SVE 1 off NZMN2-VE100-SVE 1 off NZMH2-M25-SVE 1 off
113212 113247 113355
NZMB2-4-A200/125-SVE 1 off NZMN2-VE160-SVE 1 off NZMH2-M32-SVE 1 off
113213 113248 113356
NZMB2-4-A250-SVE 1 off NZMN2-VE250-SVE 1 off NZMH2-M40-SVE 1 off
113215 113249 113357
NZMB2-4-A250/160-SVE 1 off NZMN2-ME90-SVE 1 off NZMH2-M50-SVE 1 off
113216 113256 113358
NZMC2-A125-SVE 1 off NZMN2-ME140-SVE 1 off NZMH2-M63-SVE 1 off
113219 113257 113359
NZMC2-A160-SVE 1 off NZMN2-ME220-SVE 1 off NZMH2-M80-SVE 1 off
113220 113258 113360
NZMC2-A200-SVE 1 off NZMN2-4-A125-SVE 1 off NZMH2-M100-SVE 1 off
113221 113264 113361
NZMC2-A250-SVE 1 off NZMN2-4-A160-SVE 1 off NZMH2-M125-SVE 1 off
113222 113266 113362
NZMC2-M125-SVE 1 off NZMN2-4-A160/100-SVE 1 off NZMH2-M160-SVE 1 off
113223 113267 113363
NZMC2-M160-SVE 1 off NZMN2-4-A200-SVE 1 off NZMH2-M200-SVE 1 off
113224 113269 113364
NZMC2-M200-SVE 1 off NZMN2-4-A200/125-SVE 1 off NZMH2-S40-SVE 1 off
113225 113270 113340
NZMC2-S125-SVE 1 off NZMN2-4-A250-SVE 1 off NZMH2-S50-SVE 1 off
113226 113272 113341
NZMC2-S160-SVE 1 off NZMN2-4-A250/160-SVE 1 off NZMH2-S63-SVE 1 off
113227 113273 113342
NZMC2-S200-SVE 1 off NZMN2-4-VE100-SVE 1 off NZMH2-S80-SVE 1 off
113228 113275 113343
NZMC2-4-A125-SVE 1 off NZMN2-4-VE160-SVE 1 off NZMH2-S100-SVE 1 off
113231 113277 113344
NZMC2-4-A160-SVE 1 off NZMN2-4-VE160/100-SVE 1 off NZMH2-S125-SVE 1 off
113233 113278 113345
NZMC2-4-A160/100-SVE 1 off NZMN2-4-VE250-SVE 1 off NZMH2-S160-SVE 1 off
113234 113280 113346
NZMC2-4-A200-SVE 1 off NZMN2-4-VE250/160-SVE 1 off NZMH2-S200-SVE 1 off
113236 113281 113347
8/28 Ordering
New Plug-in units, 3- and 4-pole
NZM2, N2 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Part no. Price Std. pack

NZMH2-VE100-SVE 1 off
113337
113338
113339
NZMH2-ME90-SVE 1 off
113348
113349
113350
NZMH2-4-A20-SVE 1 off
113396
113398
113400
113367
113369
113371
113373
113375
113377
113379
NZMH2-4-A160/100-SVE 1 off
113380
113382
113383
113385
113386
NZMH2-4-VE100-SVE 1 off
113388
113390
NZMH2-4-VE160/100-SVE 1 off
113391
113393
NZMH2-4-VE250/160-SVE 1 off
113394
N2-160-SVE 1 off
113733
N2-200-SVE 1 off
113734
N2-250-SVE 1 off
113735
N2-4-160-SVE 1 off
113736
N2-4-200-SVE 1 off
113737
N2-4-250-SVE 1 off
113738
Ordering 8/29
Withdrawable units, 3- and 4-pole New
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM3, N3
Article no. see price Article no. see price Article no. see price
list list list
NZMN3-A320-AVE 1 off NZMN3-VE400-T-AVE 1 off NZMH3-VE630-AVE 1 off
110858 113530 110854
NZMN3-A400-AVE 1 off NZMN3-VE630-T-AVE 1 off NZMH3-ME220-AVE 1 off
110859 113531 110855
NZMN3-A500-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-A320-AVE 1 off NZMH3-ME350-AVE 1 off
110860 113532 110856
NZMN3-AE250-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-A320/200-AVE 1 off NZMH3-ME450-AVE 1 off
110840 113533 110857
NZMN3-AE400-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-A400-AVE 1 off NZMH3-AE250-T-AVE 1 off
110841 113534 113570
NZMN3-AE630-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-A400/250-AVE 1 off NZMH3-AE400-T-AVE 1 off
110842 113535 113571
NZMN3-VE250-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-A500-AVE 1 off NZMH3-AE630-T-AVE 1 off
110843 113536 113572
NZMN3-VE400-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-A500/320-AVE 1 off NZMH3-VE250-T-AVE 1 off
110844 113537 113573
NZMN3-VE630-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-AE400-AVE 1 off NZMH3-VE400-T-AVE 1 off
110845 110874 113574
NZMN3-ME220-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-AE630-AVE 1 off NZMH3-VE630-T-AVE 1 off
110846 110875 113575
NZMN3-ME350-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-VE400-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-A320-AVE 1 off
110847 110876 113578
NZMN3-ME450-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-VE630-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-A320/200-AVE 1 off
110848 110877 113579
NZMC3-A320-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-AE400/250-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-A400-AVE 1 off
113509 113542 113580
NZMC3-A400-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-AE630/400-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-A400/250-AVE 1 off
113510 113544 113581
NZMC3-A500-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-VE400/250-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-A500-AVE 1 off
113511 113546 113582
NZMC3-S320-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-VE630/400-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-A500/320-AVE 1 off
113513 113548 113583
NZMC3-S400-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-AE400-T-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-AE400-AVE 1 off
113514 113538 110878
NZMC3-S500-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-AE400/250-T-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-AE630-AVE 1 off
113515 113539 110879
NZMC3-4-A320-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-AE630-T-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-AE400/250-AVE 1 off
113516 113540 113588
NZMC3-4-A320/200-AVE 1 off NZMN3-4-AE630/400-T-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-AE630/400-AVE 1 off
113517 113541 113590
NZMC3-4-A400-AVE 1 off NZMH3-A320-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-VE400-AVE 1 off
113518 110861 110880
NZMC3-4-A400/250-AVE 1 off NZMH3-A400-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-VE630-AVE 1 off
113519 110862 110881
NZMC3-4-A500-AVE 1 off NZMH3-A500-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-VE400/250-AVE 1 off
113520 110863 113592
NZMC3-4-A500/320-AVE 1 off NZMH3-S320-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-VE630/400-AVE 1 off
113521 113567 113594
NZMN3-S320-AVE 1 off NZMH3-S400-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-AE400-T-AVE 1 off
113524 113568 113584
NZMN3-S400-AVE 1 off NZMH3-S500-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-AE400/250-T-AVE 1 off
113525 113569 113585
NZMN3-S500-AVE 1 off NZMH3-AE250-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-AE630-T-AVE 1 off
113526 110849 113586
NZMN3-AE250-T-AVE 1 off NZMH3-AE400-AVE 1 off NZMH3-4-AE630/400-T-AVE 1 off
113527 110850 113587
NZMN3-AE400-T-AVE 1 off NZMH3-AE630-AVE 1 off N3-400-AVE 1 off
113528 110851 110768
NZMN3-AE630-T-AVE 1 off NZMH3-VE250-AVE 1 off N3-630-AVE 1 off
113093 110852 110769
NZMN3-VE250-T-AVE 1 off NZMH3-VE400-AVE 1 off N3-4-400-AVE 1 off
113529 110853 110872
N3-4-630-AVE 1 off
110873
8/30 Ordering
New Rotary handles, door coupling rotary handles for UL/CSA approved NA switches
NZM…-XTVD-NA, NZM…-XHB-DA… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Standard
Article no. when see price list
ordered separately
Door coupling rotary handle

Complete with rotary drive and coupling parts.
Extension shaft additionally required.
Degree of protection IP66, UL/CSA Type 4X, Type 12
Standard, black/grey
Lockable in 0 NZM1, N1 NZM1-XTVD-NA 1 off Circuit breaker can also be installed side rotated by
position on 271445 90° left/right, with the handle still in the same
handle. With door NZM2, N2 NZM2-XTVD-NA position.
interlock 271446 Door interlock
• Tamperproof in the locked OFF position.
NZM3, N3 NZM3-XTVD-NA • Door opening possible after active rotation
271447 beyond the 0 position.
NZM4, N4 NZM4-XTVD-NA • Cannot be combined with mechanical interlock
271448 • External warning plate/designation label can be
clipped on
Type For use with Part no. Price Std. pack

Main switch assembly kit with additional rotary handle

Main switch assembly kit with additional rotary handle for switching with opened control panel door
Equipment supplied:
• Rotary door-coupling handle
• Add-on rotary handle on switch with “deliberate action” operation
• Extension shaft NZM...-XV6 for mounting depth 600 mm
• External warning plate/designation label in German/English
• Black and yellow flash
For enhanced protection against direct contact on the incomer side, IP2X finger protection can be ordered,
a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 10/47
Other external warning plates/designation labels can be clipped on.
Protection type IP66/UL/CSA type 4X, 12
With black door coupling rotary handle
Lockable in the 0 position on the handle using IEC NZM2(-4) NZM2-XHB-DA 1 off
up to 3 padlocks, can also be modified for the I PN2(-4), N(S)2(-4) 116895
position. With door interlock. Lockable in 0 UL/CSA NZM2(-4) NZM2-XHB-DA-NA
position on circuit-breaker. PN2(-4), N(S)2(-4) 116897
IEC NZM3(-4) NZM3-XHB-DA
PN3(-4), N(S)3(-4) 118988
UL/CSA NZM3(-4) NZM3-XHB-DA-NA
PN3(-4), N(S)3(-4) 119000
IEC NZM4(-4) NZM4-XHB-DA
PN4(-4), N(S)4(-4) 119002
UL/CSA NZM4(-4) NZM4-XHB-DA-NA
PN4(-4), N(S)4(-4) 119004
With red door coupling rotary handle for use of switch as Emergency Stop device
Lockable in the 0 position on the handle using IEC NZM2(-4) NZM2-XHB-DAR 1 off
up to 3 padlocks. With door interlock. Lockable PN2(-4), N(S)2(-4) 116896
in 0 position on circuit-breaker. UL/CSA NZM2(-4) NZM2-XHB-DAR-NA
PN2(-4), N(S)2(-4) 116898
IEC NZM3(-4) NZM3-XHB-DAR
PN3(-4), N(S)3(-4) 118989
UL/CSA NZM3(-4) NZM3-XHB-DAR-NA
PN3(-4), N(S)3(-4) 119001
IEC NZM4(-4) NZM4-XHB-DAR
PN4(-4), N(S)4(-4) 119003
UL/CSA NZM4(-4) NZM4-XHB-DAR-NA
PN4(-4), N(S)4(-4) 119005
Ordering 8/31
Accessories New
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM…-XBRS, M22-…
Insulating surrounds
for toggle lever, degree of protection IP40
NZM1(-4) NZM1-XBRS 1 off For oblong cut-out on doors and enclosures with
PN1(-4), N(S)1(-4) 115274 material thickness of 1 – 3 mm.
External warning plate/designation label can be
clipped on.
NZM2(-4), NZM3(-4) NZM2/3-XBRS 1 off
PN2(-4), N(S)2(-4) 115275
PN3(-4), N(S)3(-4)
NZM4(-4) NZM4-XBRS 1 off

N(S)4(-4) 115277
Part no. Price Std. Notes

Article no. when see price list pack
ordered separately
Auxiliary contacts
Cage Clamp
Standard auxiliary contacts
Switching with the main contacts
Used for indicating and interlocking tasks
M22-CK11 20 off The following can be clipped into the switches:
107940 • NZM1: a standard auxiliary contact
M22-CK20 • NZM2: up to two M22-(C)K... standard auxiliary contacts
107898 • NZM3: up to three M22-(C)K... standard auxiliary contacts
• NZM4: up to three M22-(C)K... standard auxiliary contacts
M22-CK02 Any combinations of the auxiliary contact types are possible.
107899 Marking on switch: HIN
In combination with remote operator NZM-XR… only single
contacts can be fitted to some installation locations of the
standard auxiliary contact.
NZM2: Only single contact can be fitted in left installation
location of standard auxiliary contact.
NZM3: Only single contact can be fitted in installation
locations of standard auxiliary contact.
NZM4: Only single contact can be fitted in right installation
location of standard auxiliary contact.
Trip-indicating auxiliary contact

General trip indication '+', when tripped by voltage release,
overload release, short-circuit release or by the residual-current
release due to residual-current.
M22-CK11 20 off The following can be clipped into the switches:
107940 • NZM1: one trip-indicating auxiliary contact
M22-CK20 • NZM2: one M22-(C)K… trip-indicating auxiliary contact
107898 • NZM3: one M22-(C)K… trip-indicating auxiliary contact
• NZM4: up to 2 M22-(C)K... trip-indicating auxiliary
M22-CK02 contacts
107899 Any combinations of the auxiliary contact types are
possible. Not in combination with switch-disconnector
PN…
Marking on switch: HIA
Labeling in FI-Block: HIAFI.
If the trip-indicating auxiliary contact in the fault current

block is used, the N/C contacts operates as a N/O contact
and the N/C contact operates as an N/O contact.
In combination with remote operator NZM-XR… only
single contacts can be fitted to some installation locations
of the trip-indicating auxiliary contact.
NZM3: Only single contacts can be fitted to installation
locations of the trip-indicating auxiliary contact.
8/32 Ordering
New Remote operators
NZM2…, NZMH2… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
For use with Rated control Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
voltage Article no. see price
list
Us
V
Remote operator
For remote switching of circuit-breakers and switch-disconnectors.

On and off time 110 – 170 ms.
ON and OFF switching and resetting by means of two-wire or three-wire control.
Local switching by hand possible.
Lockable in the 0 position of the remote operator with up to 3 padlocks (hasp thickness: 4 – 8 mm)
Max. number of auxiliary switch contacts:
- Standard auxiliary contact: 3
- Trip-indicating auxiliary contact: 2
NZM2(-4) 110 – 130 V NZM2-XRD110-130AC 1 off Remote operator NZM2-XRD... can be combined with circuit-breakers NZM2 and
N(S)2(-4) 50/60 Hz 115390 switch-disconnectors N(S)2 but not with switch-disconnectors PN2.
NZM2(-4) 208 – 240 V NZM2-XRD208-240AC When surface-mounting the NZM2-XRD... remote operators on 4-pole switches, an
N(S)2(-4) 50/60 Hz 115391 additional 4-pole NZM2-XAVPR shroud is necessary.
NZM2(-4) 380 – 440 V NZM2-XRD380-440AC Three-wire control
N(S)2(-4) 50/60 Hz 115392
L1 Terminal 70/71:
NZM2(-4) 24 – 30 V DC NZM2-XRD24-30DC (L1+)
N(S)2(-4) 115393 0 I Please note during engineering:
H1
NZM2(-4) 110 … 130 V NZM2-XRD110-130DC Full current flows though the contact during make and
N(S)2(-4) DC 115394 break!
70 71 72
NZM2(-4) 220 – 250 V NZM2-XRD220-250DC 75 RMQ series contact elements can be used for the
N(S)2(-4) DC 115395 74 NZM2(3,4)-XR... remote operators.
N
(L1–, L2)
Two-wire control
L1 Terminal 75:
(L1+) 0 I
S Availability signal when selector switch is set to Auto.
H1
Three-position selector switch: Manual/Auto/Interlocked
for reliable differentiation between operating positions.
70 71 72
75
AC-15: 400 V; 2 A
74 DC-13: 220 V; 0.2 A
N
(L1–, L2)
Three-wire control with automatic reset to the 0 position after tripping
L1
(L1+)
0 I
HIA H1
70 71 72
75
74
N
(L1–, L2)
Switching cycle:
NZM2-XRD
F 170 ms F 170 ms
r r r r
OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON
High switching capacity 150 kA at 415

V 50/60 Hz
Rated current = rated Setting range Number Part no. Price Std. pack
uninterrupted current Overload releases Short-circuit releases Article no. see price list
I n = Iu Ir Irm
A A A
Circuit-breaker with earth-fault release, 3-pole for apparatus with power electronics, such as inverters
and frequency inverters
Not UL/CSA approved

Suitable for use in three-phase systems.
Rated operational voltage: 400 V (50/60 Hz)
Rated fault current Dn = 0.03 A
Internal power supply Ue = 50 – 400 V
Core-balance principle with AC/DC current sensitivity in fault current frequency range 0…100 kHz
Pre-wired combination of current-limiting circuit-breaker and residual current device.
160 125…160 960…1600 3 pole NZMH2-A160-FIA30 1 off
112627
200 160…200 1200…2000 3 pole NZMH2-A200-FIA30
112628
250 200…250 1500…2500 3 pole NZMH2-A250-FIA30
112629
Ordering 8/33
Multi-function device adapter New
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM…-XKR
For use with Number Rated current Part no. Price Part no. Price Std. pack
of poles Article no. when see price list Article no. when see price list
ordered with basic unit ordered separately
Ie
A
Multifunction component adapter
Component adapter for circuit-breakers and switch-disconnectors for 60 mm
busbar system
For installation on flat copper busbars 12 – 30 x 5 – 10 mm, double T and
triple T profile
Rated operational voltage Ue: 690 V
• 3-pole
• Halogen free
• Temperature resistant to 120 °C
• Self-extinguishing to UL 94
• Approved for feeder branch circuits to UL508A up to 600 V
NZM3, PN3, N(S)3 3-pole 630 NZM3-XAD6301) 1 off
107206
Connection block for component adapters2)

NZM2-4, 4-pole 250 +NZM2-4-XKR4O 3) NZM2-4-XKR4 3) 1 off
PN2-4, 118905 118907
N(S)2-4 +NZM2-4-XKR4U3)
118906
NZM3, 3-pole 630 +NZM3-XKR13O NZM3-XKR13
PN3, 281667 281668
N(S)3 +NZM3-XKR13U
115796
NZM3-4, 4-pole 630 +NZM3-4-XKR13O 3) NZM3-4-XKR13 3)
PN3-4, 118908 119020
N(S)3-4 +NZM3-4-XKR13U3)
118909
Adapter plate4)
for replacing NZM7/10 with NZM2/3
NZM7 with NZM2 3-pole – NZM2-XAP7 1 off
P7 with PN2/N2 119381
NZM10 with NZM3 3-pole – NZM3-XAP10 1 off

P10 with PN3/N3 119382
Notes 1) Connection to the system possible at top or bottom via connection block (+)NZM…-XKR…O/U.
The switch is mounted with clamp and screw fixing.
2) Part no. and part no. suffix include parts for one switch side at top or bottom. Required for component adapters NZM2-XAD and NZM3-XAD
O = for fitting at the top
U = for fitting at the bottom
3) 4-pole device adapter: Wöhner four-pole device adapter
4) Device can be positioned on connection side or on operating shaft side.
Door coupling rotary handle NZM7 can be used as before if distance between mounting plate and inside of door is at least 213 mm. Otherwise
use new handle NZM2-XTVD…-0 with new shaft.
Door coupling rotary handle NZM10 can be used as before if 12 mm shaft is fitted. Otherwise use new grip NZM3 with new shaft.
8/34 Engineering
Selectivity: incoming circuit-breaker, outgoing circuit-breaker
NZM, FAZ-B(C), PKZ Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Selectivity 415 V AC
between circuit-breakers enables separate shut-down of faulty system sections.
1 Incoming circuit- Selectivity between incoming circuit-breaker 1 and outgoing circuit-breaker 2 exists if
breaker only outgoing breaker 2 trips at position 2 during a short-circuit.
2 3 4 System sections 3 and 4 continue to operate.
Outgoing circuit-
Incoming circuit-breaker (S1) Incoming circuit-breaker (S1)
NZM...2-A... NZM...3-A... NZM...2-A... NZM...3-A...

Icu [kA] 25(36)(50)(150) 36(50)(150) Icu[kA] 25(36)(50)(150) 36(50)(150)
In [A] 300 250 320 400 500 In[A] 300 250 320 400 500
Outgoing In Icu(415V) Selectivity threshold Is [kA] for selectivity Outgoing In Icu(415V) Prospective short-circuit current (kA). Set the
circuit- [A] [kA] between S2 and S1, overload and short-circuit circuit- [A] [kA] overload and short-circuit release of the incom-
breaker release set to max. value. breaker ing circuit-breaker to the max. value.
(S2) (S2)
FAZ–B(C) 0.5 15 T T T T T NZM...1-A... 20…40 25…100 3 3 4 6 7
1 15 T T T T T 50 25…100 3 3 4 6 7
2 15 T T T T T 63 25…100 3 3 4 6 7
3 15 T T T T T 80 25…100 3 3 4 6 7
4 15 T T T T T 100 25…100 3 3 4 6 7
6 15 T T T T T 125 25…100 3 3 4 6 7
10 15 10 10 T T T 160 25…100 3 3 4 6 7
13 15 10 10 T T T NZM...2-A... 20…40 25…150 2 2.5 4 6 7
16 15 10 10 T T T 50 25…150 2 2.5 4 6 7
20 15 10 10 T T T 63 25…150 2 2.5 4 6 7
25 15 10 10 T T T 80 25…150 2 2.5 4 6 7
32 15 10 10 T T T 100 25…150 2 2.5 4 6 7
40 15 10 10 T T T 125 25…150 2 2.5 4 6 7
50 15 10 10 T T T 160 25…150 2 2.5 4 5 6
63 15 10 10 T T T 200 25…150 – – – 5 6
PKZM0-... 0.16 100 T T T T T 250 25…150 – – – 5 6
0.25 100 T T T T T 300 25…150 – – – 5 6
0.4 100 T T T T T NZM...1-M... 40 25…50 2 2.5 4 6 7
0.63 100 T T T T T 50 25…50 2 2.5 4 6 7
1 100 T T T T T 63 25…50 2 2.5 4 6 7
1.6 100 T T T T T 80 25…50 2 2.5 4 6 7
2.5 100 T T T T T 100 25…50 2 2.5 4 6 7
4 100 T T T T T
NZM...2-M... 20…125 25…150 – 2.5 4 6 7
6.3 100 T T T T T
160 25…150 – 2.5 4 6 7
10 100 T T T T T
200 25…150 – – – 6 7
12 50 T T T T T
16 50 T T T T T NZM...2- 100 50…150 2 2.5 4 6 7
20 50 T T T T T VE... 160 50…150 – 2.5 4 6 7
25 50 T T T T T 250 50…150 – – – 6 7
32 50 T T T T T NZM...2- 90 50…150 2 2.5 4 6 7
PKZ2/ZM-... 0.6 100 T T T T T ME... 140 50…150 – 2.5 4 6 7
1.0 100 T T T T T 220 50…150 – – – 6 7
1.6 100 T T T T T NZM...3- 250 50…150 – – – – –
2.4 100 T T T T T A(E)... 320 50…150 – – – – –
4 100 T T T T T 400 50…150 – – – – –
6 100 10 10 T T T 630 50…150 – – – – –
10 100 5 5 6 9 T
NZM...3- 250 50…150 – – – – –
16 100 4 4 4 5 30 VE... 400 50…150 – – – – –
25 30 3 3 3 4 10
630 50…150 – – – – –
32 30 3 3 3 4 8
40 30 2 2 3 4 8 NZM...3- 220 50…150 – – – – –
ME... 350 50…150 – – – – –
PKZM4 16 100 5 5 10 13 30
450 50…150 – – – – –
25 100 5 5 6 10 15
32 50 4 4 5 7 12 NZM...4- 630 50…100 – – – – –
AE... 800 50…100 – – – – –
40 50 3 3 5 7 12
50 50 2.5 2.5 5 7 10 1000 50…100 – – – – –
58 50 2.5 2.5 4 6 10 1250 50…100 – – – – –
63 50 2 2 4 6 10 1600 50…100 – – – – –
NZM...4- 630 50…100 – – – – –
Notes T: total selectivity VE... 800 50…100 – – – – –
1000 50…100 – – – – –
1250 50…100 – – – – –
1600 50…100 – – – – –
NZM...4- 550 50…100 – – – – –
ME... 875 50…100 – – – – –
1400 50…100 – – – – –
Notes T: total selectivity
Engineering 8/35
Cable protection, back-up protection
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM1, NZM2, NZM3
Protection of PVC insulated cables against thermal overload through short-circuit

According to IEEE Wiring Regulations cables must be Short-circuit protection is provided by adjustable The table indicates the minimum conductor cross-sec-
protected against short circuits and overload. instantaneous releases, which open the main contacts tions that the circuit-breakers reliably protect from
In circuit-breakers NZM the overload protection is in less than 25 ms. The short-circuit total opening short circuits
implemented via the adjustable, delayed-action cur- time restricts the temperature rise of the cable to a (Operational voltage UN = 415 V).
rent overload release. minimum.
Minimum protected cross-sec-
tion mm2 copper
NZM...1(-4)-...20 6
NZM...1(-4)-...25 – 160 10
NZM...2(-4)-...20 – 300 10
NZM...3(-4)-...250 – 630 16
NZM...4(-4)-...630 – 1600 95
Back-up protection
Between incoming circuit-breaker NZMB(N)(H) and outgoing circuit-breaker NZMB(N)(H)
Incoming circuit-breaker a
NZM1 NZM2 NZM3
In Up to 160 A Up to 300 A Up to 630 A
Icu(415 V) 25 kA 36 kA 50 kA 100 kA 25 kA 36 kA 50 kA 150 kA 50 kA 150 kA
a Outgoing circuit-breaker b
Icu(415 V) In
NZMB1 25 kA Up to 160 A 25 36 50 100 25 36 50 100 50 100
NZMC1 36 kA Up to 160 A – 36 50 100 – 36 50 100 50 100
b NZMN1 50 kA Up to 160 A – – 50 100 – – 50 100 50 100
NZMH1 100 kA Up to 160 A – – – 100 – – – 100 – 100
NZMB2 25 kA Up to 300 A 25 36 50 100 25 36 50 150 50 150
NZMC2 36 kA Up to 300 A – 36 50 100 – 36 50 150 50 150
NZMN2 50 kA Up to 300 A – – 50 100 – – 50 150 50 150
NZMH2 150 kA Up to 300 A – – – – – – – 150 – 150
NZMC3 36 kA Up to 500 A – – – – – – – – 50 150
NZMN3 50 kA Up to 630 A – – – – – – – – 50 150
NZMH3 150 kA Up to 630 A – – – – – – – – – 150
Where the prospective fault current at the mounting The table shows which current-limiting circuit-breaker The selectivity limit is determined by the pick-up time
location of circuit-breakers is very high, current-limiting NZMN(H) in combination with NZMB(C)(N) are to be of the non-delayed short-circuit release in the
circuit-breakers NZMN(H) are normally used. A cost- used to provide protection at the network locations upstream incoming circuit-breaker. In many
effective alternative is to fit a current-limiting circuit- with high short-circuit capacities. applications this is sufficient.
breaker NZMN(H) upstream of standard circuit-breakers
NZMB(C)(N), if the fault level is too high for switches
NZMB(C)(N).
Between incoming circuit-breaker NZM...1-A... and outgoing circuit-breaker FAZ-B(C)/PLSM-B(C)...

Outgoing circuit- Incoming circuit-breaker
breaker NZMB1-A… NZMC(N)(H)1-A…
FAZ-B(C)...
0.5 – 16 25 kA 30 kA
20 – 40 20 kA 20 kA
50, 63 15 kA 15 kA
PLSM-B(C)...(/...)
0.5 – 16 25 kA 30 kA
20 – 40 20 kA 20 kA
50, 63 15 kA 15 kA
Between incoming circuit-breaker NZM...2-A... and outgoing circuit-breaker FAZ-B(C)/PLSM-B(C)...

Outgoing circuit- Incoming circuit-breaker
breaker NZMB(C)2-A… NZMN(H)2-A…
FAZ-B(C)...
0.5 – 10 25 kA 50 kA
13 – 32 25 kA 30 kA
40 – 63 20 kA 20 kA
PLSM-B(C)...(/...)
0.5 – 10 25 kA 50 kA
13 – 32 25 kA 30 kA
40 – 63 20 kA 20 kA
8/36 Engineering
Direction of blow-out, minimum clearances, let-through characteristics
NZM1, NZM2, NZM3, NZM4 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Direction of blow-out
Top, front Bottom,
rear
NZM1 X –
NZM21) X X
NZM3 X X
NZM4 X –
1) NZM B (C)2 – A 125…250 as NZM1
Minimum clearances
Between two adjacently mounted switches
Minimum clearance a in mm
c
NZM1 NZM2 NZM3 NZM4

NZM1 0 5 5 15
NZM2 5 5 5 15
NZM3 5 5 5 15
d
NZM4 15 15 15 15
b a b
Between switch and other parts
Minimum clearances in mm
b c d
F 690 V 1000 V F 690 V 1000 V F 690 V 1000 V
NZM1 0 – 60 – 0 –
NZM21) 5 5 35 35 35 35
NZM3 5 5 60 60 60 60
NZM4 15 15 100 200 0 0
1) NZMB(C)2 – A 125…250 C = 60 mm, d = 0 mm
Notes Engineering notes, remote operator NZM3-XR…

For combinations of remote operators NZM3-XR… and circuit-breakers or switch-disconnectors, dual
auxiliary switches M22-CK11, M22-CK20 or M22-CK02 can not be used.
System and line protection with NZM3

Let-through current xD
ÎD 200 ÎD 200
NZMN3(-4)-A... NZMH3(-4)-A...
[kA] [kA]
100 100
80 80
60 60
2 x Icc 2 x Icc
40 40
20 20
690 V 525 V
525 V
415 V 690 V
10 10
8 8
6 6
415 V
4 4
3
3
1
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 4050 60 80 100 150 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150
Icc [kAeff] Icc [kAeff]
Engineering 8/37
Frame size 3: tripping characteristics, let-through characteristics
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM3
System and line protection with NZM3 Let-through current xD
2.5 h 8000 ÎD 200
NZM3(-4)-A... NZMC3(-4)-A...
6000 [kA]
Characteristics for Ir = 1,0 x In
4000
Tripping time [s]
100
2000 80
1000 60
800 2 x Icc
(10 min) 600 40
400
200
20
415 V
Tolerance tr [s]
100
80 525 V
(1 min) 60
10
40
8
20 6
10 4
8
6 3
4
1 Setting range
0.8 1
0.6 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150
0.4 Icc [kAeff]
Ii = 6 10x In
0.2
0.1
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0.01
0.008
0.006
0.004
0.002
0.001
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 15 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 100
x Ir
Let-through energy J
I2t 107 I2t 107 I2t 107
(A2 S) 8 NZMC3(-4)-A... (A2 S) 8 NZMN3(-4)-A... (A2 S) 8 NZMH3(-4)-A...
6 6 6
4 4 4
a a a
2 2 2
690 V 690 V
106 106 106
8 8 8
525 V 525 V 525 V
6 6 6
4 4 4
415 V 415 V 415 V
2 2 2
105 105 105

8 8 8
6 6 6
4 4 4
2 2 2
104 104 104

1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80100 150
Icc [kAeff] Icc [kAeff] Icc [kAeff]
a One half-cycle
8/38 Engineering
Frame size 1: let-through characteristics for North America
NZM1, NZM2 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
ÎD 200 NZMB1-A(AF)(VE)(VEF)...-NA ÎD 200 NZMN1-A(AF)(VE)(VEF)...-NA
[kA] [kA]
100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
c
c
Ic
Ic
2x
2x
20 20
240 V 240 V
10 10
8 480 V 8 480 V
6 6
4 4
2 2
1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 25 35 5060 85100 150 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 25 35 5060 85100 150
Icc rms [kA] Icc rms [kA]
ÎD 200 NZMB2-A(AF)...-NA ÎD 200 NZMB2-VE(VEF)...-NA

[kA] [kA]
100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
c
c
Ic
Ic
2x
2x
20 20
240 V 240 V
10 10
8 480 V 8 480 V
6 600 V 6 600 V
4 4
2 2
1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 151820 25 35 5060 80100 150 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 18 253035 5060 80100 150
ÎD 200 NZMN2-A(AF)...-NA ÎD 200 NZMN2-VE(VEF)...-NA

[kA] [kA]
100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
c
c
Ic
Ic
2x
2x
20 20
240 V 240 V
10 10
8 480 V 8 480 V
6 600 V 6 600 V
4 4
2 2
1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 25 35 5060 85100 150 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 18 25 30 35 5060 85100 150
Engineering 8/39
Sizes 1, 2, 3: let-through characteristics for North America
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM1, NZM2, NZM3
ÎD 200 NZMH2-A(AF)...-NA ÎD 200 NZMH2-VE(VEF)...-NA
[kA] [kA]
100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
c
c
Ic
Ic
2x
2x
20 20
240 V 240 V
10 10
8 480 V 8 480 V
6 600 V 6 600 V
4 4
3
1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 5060 80100 150 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 5060 80100 150
ÎD 200 NZMN3-VE...-NA ÎD 200 NZMH3-VE...-NA

[kA] [kA]
100 100
80 80
60 60
40 40
c
c
Ic
Ic
240 V 240 V
2x
2x
20 20
480 V 480 V
600 V 600 V
10 10
8 8
6 6
4 4
2 2
1 1
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 35 42 60 85100 150 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 5060 80100 150
7 7
Zy 10 Zy 10
8 NZMB1-A(AF)(VE)(VEF)...-NA 8 NZMN1-A(AF)(VE)(VEF)...-NA
[A2 s] 6 [A2 s] 6
4 4
2 2
106 106
c 2
c 2
8 8
Ic
Ic
6 6
10 4
10 4
4 4
240 V
2 2
240 V 480 V
105 480 V 105
8 8
6 6
4 4
2 2
104 104
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 25 35 5060 85100 150 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 35 5060 85100 150
8/40 Engineering
NZM2 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
7 7
Zy 10 Zy 10
8 NZMB2-A(AF)...-NA 8 NZMB2-VE(VEF)...-NA
[A2 s] 6 [A2 s] 6
4 4
2 2
106 106
c 2
c 2
8 8
Ic
Ic
6 6
10 4
10 4
4 4
240 V 480 V
2 2
480 V
240 V
105 600 V 105
8 8
6 6 600 V
4 4
2 2
104 104
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 18 25 35 5060 80100 150 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 1518 25 35 5060 80100 150
7 7
Zy 10 Zy 10
8 NZMN2-A(AF)...-NA 8 NZMN2-VE(VEF)...-NA
[A2 s] 6 [A2 s] 6
4 4
2 2
106 106
c 2
8 8 c 2
Ic
Ic
6 6
10 4
10 4
4 4
240 V 240 V
2 2
480 V 480 V
105 600 V 105 600 V
8 8
6 6
4 4
2 2
104 104
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 25 35 5060 85100 150 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 1518 25 35 40 5060 85100 150
7 7
Zy 10 Zy 10
8 NZMH2-A(AF)...-NA 8 NZMH2-VE(VEF)...-NA
[A2 s] 6 [A2 s] 6
4 4
2 2
106 106
c 2
c 2
8 8
Ic
Ic
6 6
10 4
10 4
4 4
240 V 240 V
2 2
480 V 480 V
105 600 V 105 600 V
8 8
6 6
4 4
2 2
104 104
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 5060 80100 150 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 5060 80100 150
Engineering 8/41
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM3
7 7
Zy 10 Zy 10
8 NZMN3-VE...-NA 8 NZMH3-VE...-NA
[A2 s] 6 [A2 s] 6
4 4
2 2
106 106
c 2
c 2
8 8
Ic
Ic
6 6
10 4
10 4
240 V 240 V
4 4
480 V 480 V
2 600 V 2 600 V
105 105
8 8
6 6
4 4
2 2
104 104
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 35 42 5060 85100 150 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 5060 80100 150
8/42 Technical data
Circuit-breakers
NZM… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Rated uninterrupted current max. 630 A

NZMC3 NZMN3 NZMH3
General
Protection against direct contact Finger and back of hand proof to IEC 536
Climatic proofing Damp heat, constant, according to IEC 60068-2-78
Damp heat, cyclical to IEC 60068-2-30
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature, storage °C –40…+80
Operation °C –25 … +70
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2- g 20 (half-sinusoidal shock 20 ms)
27)
Safe isolation to IEC 536
Between auxiliary contacts and V AC 500
main contacts
Between the auxiliary contacts V AC 300
Mounting position Vertical and 90° in all directions
With plug-in adapter With residual current release
NZM2, N(S)2: vertical, NZM2: vertical and 90° to all
90° right/left directions
90˚
With withdrawable unit

90˚ NZM3, N(S)3:
90˚ vertical, 90° left
NZM4, N(S)4: vertical
90˚ With remote operator
NZM2, N(S)2, NZM3, N(S)3,
NZM4, N(S)4: vertical and 90°
to all directions
Direction of incoming supply As required

Device In the operating controls area: IP20 (basic degree of protection)
Enclosures With insulating surround: IP40, with door coupling rotary handle: IP66
Terminations Tunnel terminal: IP10

Phase isolator and strip terminal: IP00
Circuit-breakers
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
Main contacts V 8000 8000 8000
Auxiliary contacts V 6000 6000 6000
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 690 690 690
Rated operational voltage switching V DC1) – 750 750
via 3 contacts
3-pole Iu A – – –
Overvoltage category/pollution III/3 III/3 III/3
degree
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 1000 1000
For use in IT electrical power V 690 690 690
1)
Notes 1) For rated operational voltage switching on 3 contacts the following applies: DC correction factor for instantaneous release response value
NZM1: 1.25, NZM2: 1.35, NZM3: 1.45
Setting for Ii at DC = setting Ii AC/correction factor DC
Details apply for 3-pole system protection circuit-breaker with thermomagnetic release NZM(H)1(2)-A…
Switching of one pole via two series contacts Switching of one pole via three series contacts
Technical data 8/43
Circuit-breakers
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM…
Rated uninterrupted current max. 630 A
NZMC3 NZMN3 NZMH3
Switching capacity
Rated short-circuit making capacity
240 V Icm kA 121 187 330
400/415 V Icm kA 76 105 330
440 V Icm kA 63 74 286
525 V Icm kA 24 53 143
690 V Icm kA 14 40 74
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity Icn
Icu to IEC/EN 60947 operating sequence O-t-CO
240 V 50/60 Hz Icu kA 55 85 150
400/415 V 50/60 Hz Icu kA 36 50 150
440 V 50/60 Hz Icu kA 30 35 130
525 V 50/60 Hz Icu kA 12 25 65
690 V 50/60 Hz Icu kA 8 20 35
500 V DC Icu kA – 30 70
750 V DC Icu kA – 30 70
Icu to IEC/EN 60947 operating sequence O-t-CO-t-CO
240 V 50/60 Hz Ics kA 55 85 150
400/415 V 50/60 Hz Ics kA 36 50 150
440 V 50/60 Hz Ics kA 22,5 35 130
525 V 50/60 Hz Ics kA 9 13 33
690 V 50/60 Hz Ics kA 4 5 9
Maximum low-voltage h.b.c. fuse2) A gG/gL NZMC3…500: 630 NZMN3-…250, 400: 400 NZMH3-…250, 400: 400
NZMN3…500: 630 NZMH3…500: 630
NZMN3-…630: 630 NZMH3-…630: 630
Utilization category to IEC/EN 60947-2 A A A
Rated short-time withstand current
t = 0.3 s Icw kA 3,3 3,3 3,3
t=1s Icw kA 3,3 3,3 3,3
Rated making and breaking capacity
AC-1 400/415 V 50/60 Hz Ie A 500 630 630
415 V Ie A – 500 500
690 V 50/60 Hz Ie A 500 630 630
AC–-3 400/415 V 50/60 Hz Ie A 500 630 630
415 V Ie A – 630 630
690 V 50/60 Hz Ie A 500 630 630
DC – -1 500 V DC Ie A – 500 500
750 V DC Ie A – 500 500
DC – 3 500 V DC Ie A – 500 500
750 V DC Ie A – 500 500
Lifespan, mechanical Operations 15000 15000 15000
Max. operating frequency Ops/h 60 60 60
Lifespan, electrical
AC-1 400/415 V 50/60 Hz Operations 5000 5000 5000
415 V Operations – 5000 5000
690 V 50/60 Hz Operations 3000 3000 3000
AC–-3 400/415 V 50/60 Hz Operations 2000 2000 2000
415 V Operations – 2000 2000
690 V 50/60 Hz Operations 2000 2000 2000
DC – -1 500 V DC Operations – 5000 5000
750 V DC Operations – 5000 5000
DC – 3 500 V DC Operations – 2000 2000
750 V DC Operations – 2000 2000
Current heat loss per pole at Iu1) W 31 31 31
Total opening delay at short-circuit ms < 10 < 10 < 10
Technical data, divergent from the products for the IEC market
Switching capacity NA switches (UL489, CSA 22.2 No. 5.1)
Short-circuit current rating (SCCR)
240 V 60 Hz kA – 85 150
480V 60Hz kA – 42 100
600 V 60 Hz kA – 35 50
1) For current heat loss per pole the specification refers to the maximum nominal current of the frame size.
2) Maximum back-up fuse if the expected short-circuit current at the mounting location exceeds the circuit-breaker’s switching capacity.
8/44 Technical data
Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectors for 1000 V AC
NZMH…, N4-4 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
NZMH2 NZMH3 NZMH4 N4-4

up to 300 A up to 630 A up to 1600 A up to 1400 A
General
Utilization category A A A/B –
Maximum operating frequency Ops/h 120 60 60 60

Lifespan
Mechanical (of which max. 50 % trip by shunt/ 20000 15000 10000 10000
undervoltage release)
Lifespan
Electrical, AC-1 1000 V Operations 3000 1000 500 –
Electrical, DC-1 1000 V DC Operations – – – 500
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 1000 1000 1000 –
Rated operational voltage Ue V DC – – – 1000
Circuit-breaker 1000 V AC
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 300 630 1600 –
Rated short-circuit making capacity
Up to 1000 V 50/60 Hz Icm kA 17 17 40 –
Icu to IEC/EN 60947 operating sequence O-t-CO Icu kA 10 70 20 –
Icu to IEC/EN 60947 operating sequence O-t-CO-t-CO Ics kA 3 10 15 –
AC-1 300 630 1600 –
Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC 1000 1000 1000 –
For use in IT power networks – – – –
Switch-disconnector 1000 V DC
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A – – – 1400/40°C
Rated uninterrupted current with terminal jumpers Iu A – – – 1400/65°C
Rated short-time withstand current Icw kA – – – 25
DC 21-B Ie 1400
Rated insulation voltage Ui V DC – – – 1200
For use in IT electrical power networks V DC – – – 1000
Rated short-time withstand current
t = 0.1 s Icw kA – – – 25
Reduction of the rated operational current (derating) under particular ambient conditions
(according to IEC 947)
Device type Release type Derating coefficient
20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 65 °C 70 °C
Multi-function device adapters
(reference temperature 40 °C)
NZM…3-630…+NZM3-XAD630 with XAD… 1 0.96 0.92 0.88 0.84 0.82 0.8
Notes The derating coefficient must be considered in accordance with the following table in order to determine the maximum permissible current loading at
different ambient temperatures.
Example:An NZM…3-…630… with component adapter is to be operated at an ambient temperature of 50 °C.
How high is the permissible rated operational current Ie?
At 50 °C the derating coefficient is 0.88, i.e. Ie = 630 A × 0.88 = 554.40 A.
The NZM…3-…630… can therefore be used at an ambient temperature of 50 °C at no more than Ie = 554.40 A.
Technical data 8/45
Temperature dependency
Response values of the overload release at temperatures deviating from the
reference temperatures
Device type Release type Temperature compensation coefficient
20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 65 °C 70 °C
Thermomagnetic release (TM)
System protection System protection (reference temperature 40 °C)
NZM…1(-4)-A(F)15…80(-NA) TM 1.14 1.07 1 0.93 0.86 0.83 0.79
NZM…1(-4)-A(F)90…125(-NA) TM 1.14 1.07 1 0.93 0.86 0.83 0.79
NZM…1(-4)-A160 TM 1.08 1.04 1 0.96 0.92 0.90 0.88
NZM…1-A20…125-SVE TM with SVE 1.14 1.07 1 0.93 0.86 0.83 0.79
NZM…2(-4)-A(F)15…200(-NA) TM 1.04 1.02 1 0.98 0.96 0.95 0.94
NZM…2(-4)-A(F)250(-NA) TM 1.04 1.02 1 0.98 0.96 0.95 0.94
NZM…2(-4)-A20…200-SVE TM with SVE 1.04 1.02 1 0.98 0.96 0.95 0.94
NZM…2(-4)-A250-SVE TM with SVE 1.04 1.02 1 0.98 0.96 0.95 0.94
NZM…3(-4)A-250…500 TM 1.12 1.06 1 0.94 0.88 0.85 0.82
NZM…3(-4)A-250…500 TM with XAV 1.06 1 0.94 0.88 0.82 0.79 0.76
Short-circuit motor protection Motor protection (reference temperature 20 °C)
NZM…1-M(S)40…80(-CNA) TM 1 0.98 0.95 0.93 0.90 0.89 0.88
NZM…1-M(S)100(-CNA) TM 1 0.98 0.95 0.93 0.90 0.89 0.88
NZM…1-M(S)40…100-SVE TM with SVE 1 0.98 0.95 0.93 0.90 0.89 0.88
NZM…2-M(S)20…200(-CNA) TM 1 0.98 0.96 0.94 0.92 0.91 0.90
NZM…2-M(S)20…200-SVE TM with SVE 1 0.98 0.96 0.94 0.92 0.91 0.90
NZM…3-S250…500 TM with/without XAV 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Notes With temperatures which deviate from the reference temperature, a slight change of the overload protection properties occurs. In order to determine the
release time using the tripping characteristics the temperature compensation coefficient in accordance with the table must be considered.
Example:An NZM1-A100 is calibrated for a reference temperature of 40 °C.
What happens when it is operated at an ambient temperature of 60 °C ?
At 60 °C, the temperature compensation coefficient of 0.86 results in a reduced operating current of Ir = 100 A x 0.86 = 86 A. In other words at
an ambient temperature of 60 °C the NZM1-A100 trips as if it were set to 86 A.
Reduction of the rated operational current (derating) under particular ambient

conditions (according to IEC 947)
Device type Release type Derating coefficient
20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 65 °C 70 °C
NZM…1(-4)-A(F)15…80(-NA) TM 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
NZM…1(-4)-A(F)90…125(-NA) TM 1 1 1 1 0.86 0.83 0.8
NZM…1(-4)-A160 TM 1 1 1 0.95 0.9 0.85 0.8
NZM…1-A20…100-SVE TM with SVE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
NZM…1-A125-SVE TM with SVE 1 0.92 0.87 0.81 – – –
NZM…2(-4)-A(F)15…200(-NA) TM 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
NZM…2(-4)-A(F)250(-NA) TM 1 1 1 1 0.9 0.85 0.8
NZM…2(-4)-A20…200-SVE TM with SVE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
NZM…2(-4)-A250-SVE TM with SVE 1 0.97 0.92 0.87 0.81 – –
NZM…3(-4)A-250…500 TM 1 1 1 0.94 0.88 0.85 0.82
NZM…3(-4)A-250…500 TM with XAV 1 1 0.94 0.88 0.82 0.79 0.76
Short-circuit motor protection Motor protection (reference temperature 20 °C)
NZM…1-M(S)40…80(-CNA) TM 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
NZM…1-M(S)100(-CNA) TM 1 1 1 1 0.86 0.83 0.8
NZM…1-M(S)40…100-SVE TM with SVE 1 0.92 0.87 0.81 – – –
NZM…2-M(S)20…200(-CNA) TM 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
NZM…2-M(S)20…200-SVE TM with SVE 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
NZM…3-S250…500 1 1 1 0.94 0.88 0.85 0.82
NZM…3-S250…500 TM with XAV 1 1 1 0.94 0.88 0.85 0.82
NZM…3-S250…400 TM 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
NZM…3-S250…400 TM with XAV 1 1 1 1 1 0.97 0.94
Notes The derating coefficient must be considered in accordance with the following table in order to determine the maximum permissible current loading at
different ambient temperatures.
Example:An NZM2-A250 should be operated at an ambient temperature of 65 °C.
How high is the permissible rated operational current Ie?
At 65 °C the derating coefficient is 0.85, i.e. Ie = 250 A 0.85 = 212.5 A.
At an ambient temperature of 65 °C the NZM2-A250 can therefore be operated at up to Ie = 212.5 A.
8/46 Technical data
Temperature dependency, effective power loss
NZM… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Response values of the overload release at temperatures deviating from the
reference temperatures
Device Type Release type Temperature compensation coefficient
20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 65 °C 70 °C
NZM...3(-4)-A250…500 TM 1.12 1.06 1 0.94 0.88 0.85 0.82

NZM...3(-4)-A250…500 TM with XAV 1.06 1 0.94 0.88 0.82 0.79 0.76
Short-circuit / motor protection Motor protection (reference temperature 20 °C)
NZM...3-S250…500 TM 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
NZM...3-S250…500 TM with XAV 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Notes Example: An NZM1-A100 is calibrated for a reference temperature of 40 °C.
What happens when it is operated at an ambient temperature of 60 °C ?
At 60 °C, the temperature compensation coefficient of 0.86 results in a reduced operating current of Ir = 100 A x 0.86 = 86 A. In other words at an ambient
temperature of 60 °C the NZM1-A100 trips as if it were set to 86 A.
Reduction of the rated operational current (derating) under particular ambient
conditions (according to IEC 947)
Device Type Release type Derating coefficient
20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 50 °C 60 °C 65 °C 70 °C
NZM...3(-4)-A250…500 TM 1 1 1 0.94 0.88 0.85 0.82
NZM...3(-4)-A250…500 TM with XAV 1 1 0.94 0.88 0.82 0.79 0.76
Short-circuit / motor protection Motor protection (reference temperature 20 °C)
NZM...3-S250…400 TM 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
NZM...3-S250…400 TM with XAV 1 1 1 1 1 0.97 0.94
NZM...3-S500 TM 1 1 1 0.94 0.88 0.85 0.82
NZM...3-S500 TM with XAV 1 1 1 0.94 0.88 0.85 0.82
Notes Example: An NZM2-A250 should be operated at an ambient temperature of 65 °C. How high is the permissible rated operational current Ie?
At 65 °C the derating coefficient is 0.85, i.e. Ie = 250 A 0.85 = 212.5 A. At an ambient temperature of 65 °C the NZM2-A250 can therefore be operated
at up to Ie = 212.5 A.
NZM up to 500 A with thermomagnetic release (3- and 4-pole), fixed

NZM3- NS3- N3-, PN3-
A...(-NA) M... AF...-NA S...-CNA ...-NA
In [A] P R P R P R P R P R P R
[W] [μohm] [W] [μohm] [W] [μohm] [W] [μohm] [W] [μohm] [W] [μohm]
1.6 – – – – – – 6.2 750000 – – – –
2.4 – – – – – – 8.4 450000 – – – –
5 – – – – – – 0.2 4600 – – – –
8 – – – – – – 0.5 4600 – – – –
12 – – – – – – 0.4 1200 – – – –
15 – – – – 3 4250 – – – – – –
18 – – – – – – 1 1200 – – – –
20 5.1 4250 5.1 4250 5.1 4250 – – – – – –
25 8 4250 8 4250 6 3140 – – – – – –
26 – – – – – – 0.5 780 – – – –
30 – – – – 9 3140 – – – – – –
32 10 3140 10 3140 – – – – – – – –
33 – – – – – – 0.9 780 – – – –
35 – – – – 11 2800 – – – – – –
40 13 2800 13 2800 13 2800 1.5 317 – – – –
45 – – – – 15 2270 – – – – – –
50 18 2270 18 2270 18 2270 2.5 317 – – – –
60 – – – – 19 1700 – – – – – –
63 20 1700 20 1700 – – 4 317 – – – –
70 – – – – 17 1070 – – – – – –
80 22 1070 22 1070 22 1070 6 317 – – – –
90 – – – – 23 855 – – – – – –
100 28 855 28 855 28 855 10 317 – – – –
110 – – – – 22 589 – – – – – –
125 29 589 29 589 29 589 15 317 – – – –
150 – – – – 35 427 – – – – – –
160 40 427 40 427 – – 25 317 25 317 19.7 256
175 – – – – 37 332 – – – – – –
200 48 332 48 332 48 332 40 317 40 317 30.7 256
225 – – – – 46 310 – – – – – –
250 68 364 – – – – 23 124 – – – –
320 79 256 – – – – 38 124 – – – –
400 72 151 – – – – 60 124 – – – –
500 93 124 – – – – 93 124 – – – –
Notes: The values stated in the table apply for 3 and 4 pole fixed mounted devices with an equal load distribution. On 4-pole devices the current in the N-con-
ductor is equal to zero. The total resistive load is the measured value for a 3-pole or a 4-pole switch. The total heat dissipation is the value measured at
In, 50/60Hz for a 3-pole or 4-pole switch. The heat dissipation can be calculated with the formula: P = 3 x R x I²
Technical data 8/47
Derating
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM2, M22-CK
NZM2 300 A In
A
Terminal capacities The breaking currents In have been determined according to

IEC/EN 60947 (switchgear standard). As a rule they apply to the
maximum specified cross-sections and are provided as a
guideline. Always observe the applicable engineering
standards.
Cu conductors, Cu cable
Box terminal
Solid mm2 1 x (4 – 16) 250
2 x (4 – 16)
Stranded mm2 1 x (25 – 185) 250
2 x (25 – 70)
Cu strip (number of segments x width x segment thickness)
Box terminal
min. mm2 2 x 9 x 0.8 250
max. mm2 10 x 16 x 0.8 –
Notes For rated operational voltage switching on 3 contacts the following applies: DC correction factor for instantaneous release response value
NZM1: 1.25, NZM2: 1.35, NZM3: 1.45
Setting for Ii at DC = setting Ii AC/correction factor DC
Details apply for 3-pole system protection circuit-breaker with thermomagnetic release NZM(H)1(2)-A…
M22-CK…
Auxiliary contacts
Rated operational voltage
Conventional thermal current Ith = Ie A 4
AC–15
115 V Ie A 4
230 V Ie A 4
400 V Ie A –
500 V Ie A –
DC-13
24 V Ie A 3
42 V Ie A 1
60 V Ie A 0,8
110 V Ie A 0,5
220 V Ie A 0,2
Max. fuse A gG/gL 10
Max. miniature circuit-breaker A FAZ-B6/B1
Early make times compared to main contacts during with make and break ms –
(switching times with manual operation).
Terminal capacities
Solid or flexible conductor with ferrule mm2 1 x (0.5 – 1.5)
2 x (0.5 – 0.75)
AWG 1 x (20 – 18)
2 x (20 – 18)
8/48 Technical data
Circuit-breakers
NZM2-XRD…, NZMH2…-XFIA30 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
NZM2-XRD...
Remote operator
Rated control voltage
AC Us V AC 110–440
DC Us V DC 24–250
Operating range
AC voltage x Us 0,85 – 1,1
DC voltage x Us 0,85 – 1,1
Rated operating capacity of the motor
AC
110-130 V 50/60 Hz VA 550
208-240 V 50/60 Hz VA 550
380-440 V 50/60 Hz VA 650
DC
24-30 V DC W 450
110-130 V DC W 450
220-250 V DC W 450
Total On/Off time
AC 50/60 Hz ms 110 – 130
DC exept 24-30 V ms 110 – 130
DC 24-30 V ms 150 – 170
Minimum signal duration
On power On ms 100
On power Off ms 100
Lifespan, mechanical Operations 20000
Max. operating frequency Ops/h 120
Terminal capacities
Solid or flexible conductor with ferrule mm2 0.75 … 2.5
AWG 18 … 14
Circuit-breaker, 3-pole with residual-current protection NZMH2…-XFIA30
Electrical data
Rated uninterrupted current Ie = Iu A F 250
Icu according to IEC/EN 60947 400/415 V 50/60 Hz Icu kA 150
Ics according to IEC/EN 60947 400/415 V 50/60 Hz Ics kA 150
Sensitivity Sensitive to AC/DC (type B)
Min. operating voltage
or detection of fault currents type A/AC 0 V independent of mains voltage
or detection of fault currents type B 50 V (dependent on mains voltage)
Suitability for the application In three- and single-phase systems
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 50…400 (3~)
Rated frequency Hz 50/60
Number of poles 3-pole
Rated current range In A 160…250
Rated fault currents A 0.03
Detection range of the fault current At alternating voltage: 0 – 100 kHz / 50/60 Hz
with pulsed DC voltage: 50 Hz
Rated ultimate short-circuit making capacity and rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity IDm A = ICU
Fault current warning –
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC 60068-2-27) 20 (half-sinusoidal shock 20 ms)
Lifespan, mechanical (50 % with fault current) Operations 20000
Mechanical variables
Standard front dimension mm 96
Mounting Bottom
Mounting position Vertical and 90° in all directions
Supply Any
Degree of protection IP20 in the operating component area
Ambient temperature °C –25…+70
Sealability Yes, setting buttons
Terminal capacity
Flexible without ferrule mm2 As NZM2 standard terminals
Flexible with ferrules mm2 As NZM2 standard terminals
Dimensions 8/49
Accessories
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM2…XK…, NZM3…XK…
Cable lug cover
NZM2-(4)-XKSAE NZM3-(4)-XKSAE
NZM2-XKS185 NZM2-(4)-XKSAE NZM3-XKS185/240 NZM3(-4)-XKSAE
79.7
73.3
M8 x 22
M10 x 30
310.7
410.8
63.5
68
103.3 64 130 73.5
105 a 140 a
138.4 175
140 b 185 b
a 3 pole a 3 pole
b 4 pole b 4 pole
Connection width extension Connection width extension

NZM3-XKV70KB NZM3-XKV70-2
Cover, large
NZM3-XKSAV
598.2
21
60.5
44
M12
161.6
200
170.4
23
230
45 25
70 70 35 34 90 31
185 116 140 119.3
255 210 134.3
8/50 Dimensions
Accessories
NZM4-XKV95
NZM4-XKV110
Insulation plate
NZM4-XISP
95 95 107.5 107.5 48
50 77 18 50 77 30.5 15
NZM4-XKV95 NZM4-XKV110
M10x50
15
15
o 11 o 11
171.5
SW16
543
573
800
781
543
573
320
NZM4-XISP
30 30 113.5
210 28.5 210 41
267 292
360

NZM4-XKV95-2KB
48
95 95 30
44 86 9 15
M12
M10x50
171.5
SW16
781
541
573
800
190
210 33 116
276
360
Dimensions 8/51
Accessories
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM4-4
NZM4-4-XKV95
NZM4-4-XKV120
Insulation plate
NZM4-4-XISP
95 47.5 47.5 95
18 18 18 122 122 122
48
50 77 80 42 42 42
15
30 50
NZM4-4-XKV95 NZM4-4-XKV120
M10 x 50
15
15
o 11
o 11
171.5
543
573
781
595
625
800
320
NZM4-4-XISP
30 18 30
41 280 83
362 446
520
Cover, large
NZM4-XKSAV
401
38
230
140 33
210 120
290
8/52 Dimensions
Accessories
Terminal jumper
NZM4-4-XKV2P
280 125.5
NZM4-4-XKV2P
108.5
M10 x 60
SW 16
466
522
171.5
o 13
SW 16
32
56
NZM4-4-XKM2S-1600
16
70 70 70 33 20
50
280
Terminal jumper
NZM4-4-XKV2P-1400
240 80.5
NZM4-4-XKV2P-1400
M10 x 65
201
SW 16
M10 x 55
SW 16
613
o 13
32
56
NZM4-4-XKM2S-1600
16
70 70 70 33 20
50
280
Dimensions 8/53
Accessories
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM1-XSVS, NZM1-XSVS
Remote operator
NZM2-XRD…
225 11.9 a max. 3 padlocks
35 NZM2-XAVPR 35 125 10
d
b
d=4–8
b f 34
7.2
21.5
14 F 10.6 b remote operator folded
95
105
78
250
52.5 52.5 b
59.9 59.5
105 105
140
Plug-in units
NZM1-XSVS mit 117 a max. 2 padlocks
NZM.1-…-SVE 62.3
N1-…-SVE d
b
48.5 d=4–8
30 b f 34
21
SW4
a 202.3
126
171
190
145
30
NZM1-XSVS NZM1-...SVE
90
100
Component adapter
NZM2-XAD250
20
145
190
145
20
35 63
35 35
106
8/54 Dimensions
Accessories
NZM2, NZM3 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Plug-in units
NZM2-XSVS with
NZM.2-…-SVE
N2-…-SVE
190.5
92.3
87.5 148.3
35 25
15.7
M8 x 22
67.1
NZM2(-4)-XSVS
57.5
109.7
396
184
241
237
205
NZM2(-4)-XSVE
M4 x 93
SW5
M4 x 85
35 78.7
105
140
Withdrawable units
NZM3-XSVS with
NZM.3-…-SVE
N3-…-SVE
309 d
299 e
271 f
225.5 5
91
25
175.8
171
30
R1
200
341.6
313.5
170.8
130
151.8
c
25
SW 8 M10 x 30
45 31
96 400
200 a 520
227 a
250 b
272 b
a 3 pole d disconnected
d
b
b 4 pole d=4–8 e test

b f 34 f connected
c max. 3 padlocks
Dimensions 8/55
Accessories
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 NZM.XBRS, NZM2XHB
Earth-fault release Main switch assembly kit with additional rotary handle
NZMH2…-XFIA30 NZM2-XHB-DA(R)(-NA)
105
d
b
35 35 d=4–8
b f 34
max. 3
252
265
291
110.75
22
52.5
29.5
245 – 400
22 6 103
70 35 108
140 149
Insulating surround
NZM1-XBRS NZM2/3-XBRS
9.5 9.5
1–3 1–3
64 64
ZFS...-NZM7 ZFS...-NZM7
a 23 a
23
104
87
154
138
78 61
10 95 78
17.5 10
NZM4-XBRS
9.5
1–3
64
ZFS...-NZM7
a
23
163
179
136 123
10
17.5
a mounting aperture
Moeller NK2100-1179
Miniature circuit-breakers FAZ,

residual current devices FI, fuse
material
Miniature circuit-breaker,
residual current device
Page
Miniature circuit-breakers, 9/2
residual current devices
With tested quality, approvals and shipping New
Ordering 9/2
classifications, the Xpole industrial miniature circuit- FAZ miniature circuit-breakers 9/2
breakers provide the functionality and reliability FAZT miniature circuit-breakers 9/6
demanded by a global market. Moeller also provides a Power meters, leakage current meters 9/10
comprehensive range of residual current devices, low- Fuse switch-disconnectors 9/11
voltage fuse switch-disconnectors and fuse-load switch Accessories for fuse switch-disconnectors 9/12
units. NH fuse mounting accessories 9/13
Engineering 9/14
FAZ tripping characteristics 9/14
Powerful miniature circuit-breakers FAZ let-through characteristics 9/15
FAZ-T FAZT tripping characteristic 9/17
- Characteristics B, C and D according to IEC Leakage current meters 9/18
60947-2 Let-through characteristics of fuse links 9/19
- Rated switching capacity up to 25 kA
- Mounting height only 80 mm Technical data 9/20
- Double comfort terminal lift/claw top and Miniature circuit-breakers 9/20
bottom Power meters 9/21
- Mounting width only 17.5 mm per pole
Leakage current meters 9/22
Page 9/6
Fuse switch-disconnectors 9/23
Accessories for switch-disconnectors 9/25
L.v. fuse mounting accessories 9/25
Dimensions 9/26
Miniature circuit-breakers 9/26
Power meters 9/26
Fuse switch-disconnectors, L.v. mounting accessories 9/27
New New
Miniature circuit-breakers FAZ-K Miniature circuit-breakers FAZ-S Miniature circuit-breakers FAZ-Z

- Tripping characteristic K - Tripping characteristic S - Tripping characteristic Z
- Instantaneous release response current 8 - Instantaneous release response current 3 - Instantaneous release response current 2
– 12 × In – 17 × In – 3 × In
- Rated switching capacity up to 15 kA - Rated switching capacity up to 15 kA - Rated switching capacity up to 15 kA
- Mounting height only 80 mm - Mounting height only 80 mm - Mounting height only 80 mm
- Double comfort terminal lift/claw top and - Double comfort terminal lift/claw top and - Double comfort terminal lift/claw top and
bottom bottom bottom
- Mounting width only 17.5 mm per pole - Mounting width only 17.5 mm per pole - Mounting width only 17.5 mm per pole
Switch-disconnectors D02-LTS, for fuse Leakage current meter PDIM
Page 9/2 Page 9/4 Page 9/5 D02 and D01 - Rated fault current from 30 to 1000 mA, adjustable
- With flashing function and thermal monitoring - LEDs for 0 – 30 %, 30 – 50 % and over 50 % of rated
- Suitable for fuses of utilisation class gG (gL), aM fault current
- Only 4 SU (space units) wide - Two relays (N/O, parallel to yellow and red LED),
- Current coding through locating inserts floating
- Sealable - Can be rail-mounted together with other devices of
- Infeed possible from both sides the residual current device series
- Additional version with auxiliary contacts Page 9/10
- Holding springs for D01 fuse links or cylindrical inserts 10 × 38 included
as standard
Page 9/11
Miniature circuit-breakers Miniature circuit-breakers
FAZ-K Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 FAZ-K
1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole 4-pole
residual-current circuit-breakers
With 2 protection poles With 3 protection poles With 4 protection poles With 3 protection poles
1 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 7 1 3 5 N
Miniature circuit-breakers,
2 2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 8 2 4 6 N
Rated current Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. Part no. Price Std. Part no. Price Std. Notes
Article no. see price list Article no. see price list Article no. see price pack Article no. see price pack Article no. see price pack
In list list list
A
Miniature circuit-breakers FAZ

Characteristic K 0,5 FAZ-K0,5/1 12 off FAZ-K0,5/2 1 off FAZ-K0,5/3 1 off FAZ-K0,5/4 1 off FAZ-K0,5/3N 1 off Switching capacity 10 kA
Instantaneous release response current 8 - 12 x In 278589 278788 278901 279089 279003 (IEC/EN 60898)
Switching capacity 15 kA (IEC/EN 60947-2) 1 FAZ-K1/1 FAZ-K1/2 FAZ-K1/3 FAZ-K1/4 FAZ-K1/3N
Switching capacity 15 kA
278590 278789 278902 279090 279004
(IEC/EN 60947-2)
1,6 FAZ-K1,6/1 FAZ-K1,6/2 FAZ-K1,6/3 FAZ-K1,6/4 FAZ-K1,6/3N
278591 278790 278903 279091 279005
Accessories
2 FAZ-K2/1 FAZ-K2/2 FAZ-K2/3 FAZ-K2/4 FAZ-K2/3N
278592 278791 278904 279092 279006 Auxiliary contacts a HPL0211-2007/
2008, page 16/17
278593 278792 278905 279093 279007 Voltage releases
4 FAZ-K4/1 FAZ-K4/2 FAZ-K4/3 FAZ-K4/4 FAZ-K4/3N Mounting accessories a HPL0211-2007/
278594 278793 278906 279094 279008 2008, page 16/18
278595 278794 278907 279095 279009 1-pole 2-pole; 1N-pole
8 FAZ-K8/1 FAZ-K8/2 FAZ-K8/3 FAZ-K8/4 FAZ-K8/3N Depth 71 mm Depth 71 mm
278596 278795 278908 279096 279010 Width 17.5 mm Width 35 mm
278597 278796 278909 279097 279011
278598 278797 278910 279098 279012
16 FAZ-K16/1 FAZ-K16/2 FAZ-K16/3 FAZ-K16/4 FAZ-K16/3N 3-pole 4-pole; 3N-pole
278599 278798 278911 279099 279013 Depth 71 mm Depth 71 mm
Width 52.5 mm Width 70 mm
278600 278799 278912 279100 279014
278601 278800 278913 279101 279015
278602 278801 278914 279102 279016
278603 278802 278915 279103 279017
278604 278803 278916 279104 279018
278605 278804 278917 279105 279019
Miniature circuit-breakers Miniature circuit-breakers
FAZ-S, FAZ-Z Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 FAZ-S, FAZ-Z
1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole
With 2 protected poles With 3 protected With 4 protected
poles poles
1 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 7
2 2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 8
Rated current Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
Article no. see price list Article no. see price list Article no. see price list Article no. see price list
In
A

Characteristic S 1 FAZ-S1/1 12 off FAZ-S1/2 1 off
Switching capacity 10 kA
Instantaneous release response current 13 – 17 278606 278805
(IEC/EN 60898)
x In 2 FAZ-S2/1 FAZ-S2/2
Switching capacity 10 kA (IEC/EN 60947-2) Switching capacity 15 kA
278607 278806 (IEC/EN 60947-2)
3 FAZ-S3/1 FAZ-S3/2
278608 278807
Accessories
4 FAZ-S4/1 FAZ-S4/2
278609 278808 Auxiliary contacts a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 16/17
6 FAZ-S6/1 FAZ-S6/2 Voltage releases
278610 278809 Mounting accessories a HPL0211-2007/2008, page 16/18
10 FAZ-S10/1 FAZ-S10/2
278611 278810
1-pole 2-pole; 1N-pole
16 FAZ-S16/1 FAZ-S16/2 Depth 71 mm Depth 71 mm
278612 278811 Width 17.5 mm Width 35 mm
20 FAZ-S20/1 FAZ-S20/2
278613 278812
25 FAZ-S25/1 FAZ-S25/2
278614 278813
32 FAZ-S32/1 FAZ-S32/2 3-pole 4-pole; 3N-pole
278615 278814 Depth 71 mm Depth 71 mm
40 FAZ-S40/1 FAZ-S40/2 Width 52.5 mm Width 70 mm
278616 278815
Characteristic Z 0,5 FAZ-Z0,5/1 12 off FAZ-Z0,5/2 1 off FAZ-Z0,5/3 1 off FAZ-Z0,5/4 1 off
Instantaneous release response current 278617 278816 278918 279106
2 – 3 x In 1 FAZ-Z1/1 FAZ-Z1/2 FAZ-Z1/3 FAZ-Z1/4
Switching capacity 10 kA (IEC/EN 60947-2) 278618 278817 278919 279107
1,6 FAZ-Z1,6/1 FAZ-Z1,6/2 FAZ-Z1,6/3 FAZ-Z1,6/4
278619 278818 278920 279108
2 FAZ-Z2/1 FAZ-Z2/2 FAZ-Z2/3 FAZ-Z2/4
278620 278819 278921 279109
278621 278820 278922 279110
278622 278821 278923 279111
278623 278822 278924 279112
278624 278823 278925 279113
278625 278824 278926 279114
278626 278825 278927 279115
278627 278826 278928 279116
278628 278827 278929 279117
278629 278828 278930 279118
278630 278829 278931 279119
278631 278830 278932 279120
278632 278831 278933 279121
New Miniature circuit-breakers Miniature circuit-breakers New
Miniature circuit-breakers, residual-cur-

FAZT Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 FAZT
1-pole 1-pole+N 2-pole 3-pole 3-pole+N 4-pole
1 1 N 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 N 1 3 5 7
2 2 N 2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 N 2 4 6 8
Rated current Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Part no. Price Std. Part no. Price Part no. Price Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
Article no. see price Article no. see price Article no. see price pack Article no. see price Article no. see price Article no. see price
rent circuit-breakers
In list list list list list list
A
FAZT miniature circuit-breakers

Characteristic B 1 FAZT-B1/1 12 off FAZT-B1/1N FAZT-B1/2 1 off FAZT-B1/3 FAZT-B1/3N FAZT-B1/4 1 off Switching capacity 25 kA
Switching capacity 25 240770 240994 240820 240874 241060 240922 (IEC/EN 60947-2)
kA (IEC/EN 60947-2), 2 FAZT-B2/1 FAZT-B2/1N FAZT-B2/2 FAZT-B2/3 FAZT-B2/3N FAZT-B2/4
10 kA (UL/CSA) Switching capacity 10 kA
240771 240995 240821 240875 241065 240927
(UL/CSA)
3 FAZT-B3/1 FAZT-B3/1N FAZT-B3/2 FAZT-B3/3 FAZT-B3/3N FAZT-B3/4
240772 240996 240822 240876 241070 240930
1-pole 2-pole; 1-pole + N
4 FAZT-B4/1 FAZT-B4/1N FAZT-B4/2 FAZT-B4/3 FAZT-B4/3N FAZT-B4/4 Depth 75 mm Depth 75 mm
240777 240997 240823 240877 241075 240931 Width 17.5 mm Width 35 mm
240782 240998 240824 240878 241080 240932
240787 240999 240825 240879 241085 240933
240792 241000 240826 240880 241090 240934
3-pole 4-pole; 3-pole + N
13 FAZT-B13/1 FAZT-B13/1N FAZT-B13/2 FAZT-B13/3 FAZT-B13/3N FAZT-B13/4 Depth 75 mm Depth 75 mm
240793 241001 240827 240881 241095 240935 Width 52.5 mm Width 70 mm
240794 241005 240828 240882 241100 240936
240795 241009 240829 240883 241105 240937
240796 241015 240830 240884 241110 240938
240797 241019 240831 240885 241115 240939
Characteristic C 1 FAZT-C1/1 12 off FAZT-C1/1N FAZT-C1/2 1 off FAZT-C1/3 FAZT-C1/3N FAZT-C1/4 1 off
Switching capacity 25 240798 241022 240832 240886 241120 240940
kA (IEC/EN 60947-2), 2 FAZT-C2/1 FAZT-C2/1N FAZT-C2/2 FAZT-C2/3 FAZT-C2/3N FAZT-C2/4
10 kA (UL/CSA) 240799 241023 240833 240887 241125 240941
3 FAZT-C3/1 FAZT-C3/1N FAZT-C3/2 FAZT-C3/3 FAZT-C3/3N FAZT-C3/4
240800 241024 240838 240888 241130 240945
240801 241025 240843 240889 241135 240949
240802 241026 240850 240890 241140 240955
240803 241027 240855 240891 241145 240959
240804 241028 240858 240892 241150 240962
240805 241029 240859 240893 241155 240963
240806 241030 240860 240894 241160 240964
240807 241034 240861 240895 241165 240965
240808 241038 240862 240896 241170 240966
240809 241044 240863 240897 241175 240967
New Miniature circuit-breakers Miniature circuit-breakers New
FAZT Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 FAZT
1-pole 1-pole + N 2-pole 3 pole 3-pole + N 4-pole

1 1 N 1 3 1 3 5 1 3 5 N 1 3 5 7
2 2 N 2 4 2 4 6 2 4 6 N 2 4 6 8
Rated current Part no. Price Std. pack Part no. Price Part no. Price Std. Part no. Price Part no. Price Part no. Price Std. pack Notes
Article no. see price Article no. see price Article no. see price pack Article no. see price Article no. see price Article no. see price
In list list list list list list
A

Characteristic D 1 FAZT-D1/1 12 off FAZT-D1/1N FAZT-D1/2 1 off FAZT-D1/3 FAZT-D1/3N FAZT-D1/4 1 off Switching capacity 25 kA
Switching capacity 25 240810 241048 240864 240898 241180 240968 (IEC/EN 60947-2)
kA (IEC/EN 60947-2), 2 FAZT-D2/1 FAZT-D2/1N FAZT-D2/2 FAZT-D2/3 FAZT-D2/3N FAZT-D2/4
10 kA (UL/CSA) Switching capacity 10 kA
240811 241051 240865 240899 241181 240969
(UL/CSA)
3 FAZT-D3/1 FAZT-D3/1N FAZT-D3/2 FAZT-D3/3 FAZT-D3/3N FAZT-D3/4
240812 241052 240866 240900 241182 240970 1-pole 2-pole; 1-pole + N
4 FAZT-D4/1 FAZT-D4/1N FAZT-D4/2 FAZT-D4/3 FAZT-D4/3N FAZT-D4/4 Depth 75 mm Depth 75 mm
240813 241053 240867 240901 241183 240971 Width 17.5 mm Width 35 mm
240814 241054 240868 240902 241184 240975
240815 241055 240869 240903 241185 240979
12 FAZT-D12/1 FAZT-D12/1N FAZT-D12/2 FAZT-D12/3 FAZT-D12/3N FAZT-D12/4 3-pole 4-pole; 3-pole + N
240816 241056 240870 240904 241186 240985 Depth 75 mm Depth 75 mm
13 FAZT-D13/1 FAZT-D13/1N FAZT-D13/2 FAZT-D13/3 FAZT-D13/3N FAZT-D13/4 Width 52.5 mm Width 70 mm
240817 241057 240871 240905 241187 240989
240818 241058 240872 240910 241188 240992
240819 241059 240873 240915 241189 240993
9/10 Ordering
Power meters
KWZ-3PH Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Pole Description Rated current Part no. Price Std. pack

In
Power meters
• Power meter according to IEC/EN 61036 for submeasurement
• For active/reactive energy
• Three-phase models also suitable for unbalanced load
• Programmable through two front-mounted pushbuttons
• Front plate and terminal area can be sealed
3+N Connections through current 5 KWZ-3PH 1 off
transformer 110825 New
3+N Connections through current 63 KWZ-3PH-63 1 off
transformer 110826 New
Pole Rated current Pick-up time of earth-fault release Part no. Price Std. pack
In IDn
A A
Leakage current meters

• 4-pole, can also be used as 2- or 3-pole
• Electronic operating principle (independent of mains voltage)
• , non-delayed
• Type G or S selectable
• a page 9/18
4-pole 40 0.03 PDIM-40/4 1 off

0.1 111760 New
0.3
0.5
1.0
4-pole 100 0.03 PDIM-100/4 1 off
0.1 111761 New
0.3
0.5
1.0
Ordering 9/11
Fuse switch-disconnectors
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 Z-SLS/D01/1

Poles Rated uninterrupted current Fuse cartridge Part no. Price Std. pack
Iu at max. cross-section Article no. see price list
Iu
A Size
fuse switch-disconnector
• Standard, empty
• With flashing function
• Current coding through locating inserts
1 F 63 D02: 20 – 63 A Z-SLS/CB/1 12 off

D01: 2 – 16 A with sleeve locating insert 248247 New
2 and holding spring Z-SLS/CB/2 6 off
248248 New
3 Z-SLS/CB/3 4 off
248249 New
• Fuse switch-disconnectors, standard, empty

• With 40 mm busbar adapter for intermediate counter area
• Switch must be fitted with fuse kit according to current strength
• Visible locating insert – current coding can be checked without interrupting operation
• Sealable
• Visible separating point after removal of fuse plug
• Flashing indicator indicates tripped fuse
• Order an additional fuse set to ensure availability of spares
3 F 63 D02 D0-LTS/63/3-R40 1 off

114328 New
• With thermal monitoring, empty

• With flashing function
• Rated operational voltage 400 V AC
• Suitable for fuses with utilisation class gG (gL), aM
• Only 4 space units wide, can be rail-mounted with RCCB
• Current coding through locating inserts
• Sealable
• Infeed possible from both sides
• D02-LTS/63-3-HK with built-in auxiliary contact
• Holding springs for D01 fuse links or cylindrical inserts 10 x 38 included as standard
3 F 63 D02: 20 – 63 A, cylindrical 30 x 38 up to D02-LTS/63-3 3 off

32 A with holding spring 114320 New
3 F 63 D01: 2 – 16 A with sleeve locating insert D02-LTS/63-3-HK
and holding spring 114322 New
3+N F 63 D02-LTS/63-3N
114321 New
9/12 Ordering
Accessories for fuse switch-disconnectors
Z-D02…, Z-SLS… Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Fuse cartridge Rated uninterrupted current Part no. Price Std. pack

Rated uninterrupted current Iu at max.
cross-section
Size Iu
A
Spring
• For inserting fuse links in the screw cap
D02-D01 – Z-D02/SIKA-HF 50 off
263149
D01 – Z-SLS/CB-HF 12 off
263154 New
D02, D01 16 Z-D02-LTS-HF 12 off
C10x38 32 114323 New
Rated uninterrupted current Iu Part no. Price Std. pack

at max. cross-section Article no. see price list
Iu
A
Security sets
• For Z-SLS/NEOZ, Z-SLK/NEOZ, Z-SLS/CEK, Z-SLK/D0
• Snap-fit on DIN rail
• 1 set consists of 3 fuse links, 3 current codings, 1 plastic box in the colour
of the indicator
Rated operational voltage 400 Without flashing 2 Z-SLS/E-2A 12 off
V AC, 220 V DC function 263147 New
4 Z-SLS/E-4A
263148 New
6 Z-SLS/E-6A
269005 New
10 Z-SLS/E-10A
269006 New
13 Z-SLS/E-13A
289978 New
16 Z-SLS/E-16A
269007 New
20 Z-SLS/E-20A
269008 New
25 Z-SLS/E-25A
269009 New
32 Z-SLS/E-32A
289979 New
35 Z-SLS/E-35A
269010 New
40 Z-SLS/E-40A
289990 New
50 Z-SLS/E-50A
269011 New
63 Z-SLS/E-63A
269012 New
Ordering 9/13
Accessories, NH fuse mounting accessories
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 Z-SLS/TR-SET, Z-SLZ…, GST…-DSI
Rated uninterrupted current Iu at max. cross-section Part no. Price Std. pack
Iu
A
Dissconnector kit
• For Z-SLS/NEOZ, Z-SLK/NEOZ, Z-SLS/CEK
• Snap-fit on DIN rail
• 1 set consists of 3 switch conversion sets, 3 current codings, 1 plastic box
• For converting the fuse switch-disconnector into a switch-disconnector.
63 Z-SLS/TR-SET 12 off
100660
Switch-on inhibits
• Only 1 stop required per device
Stop with metal lock Z-SLZ/SC 12 off
268980
Stop with plastic lock Z-SLZ/SP 12 off
268981
Incoming double terminal

• 2 x 3 x 35 mm2
Z-SLZ/KL 15 off
268982
Rated operational voltage Size Application Part no. Price Std. pack
Ue
V
Cover with fuse monitoring

• For LV fuse switch-disconnectors
• Operating indication 1 green LED
Fault indication/fuse failure 3 red LEDs (F1, F2, F3)
• Fault message through relay contacts (floating)
1 N/O + 1 N/C contact
• AC15: 24 V / 4 A, 230 V / 3 A
• AC13: 24 V / 1 A, 230 V / 0,5 A
• Terminal capacity: 0.25 – 1.5 mm2
400 - 690, 50 - 60 Hz 00 GSTA00… GST00-DSI 1 off

107956 New
400 - 690, 50 - 60 Hz 1 GSTA1… GST1-DSI
107957 New
400 - 690, 50 - 60 Hz 2 GSTA2… GST2-DSI
107958 New
400 - 690, 50 - 60 Hz 3 GSTA3… GST3-DSI
107959 New
9/14 Engineering
Tripping characteristic for miniature circuit-breakers
FAZ-K, FAZ-S, FAZ-Z Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Tripping characteristic at 30 °C: Tripping characteristic FAZ at 30 °C:
K according to IEC/EN 60947 S according to IEC/EN 60947

1.05
1.30
1.05
1.30
7200 7200
Specified Specified
3600 non-tripping current 3600 non-tripping current
I nt = 1.05 I n I nt = 1.05 I n
t [s]
t [s]
1200 for t > 1 h 1200 for t > 1 h
600 Specified 600 Specified
300 tripping current 300 tripping current
I t = 1.30 I n I t = 1.30 I n
120 for t < 1 h 120 for t < 1 h
60 60
30 30
10 10
5 5
2 2
1 1
0.5 0.5
0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1
0.05 0.05
0.02 0.02
0.01 0.01
0.005 0.005
0.002 0.002
0.001 0.001
0.0005 0.0005
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50
rated current rated current
Tripping characteristic at 30 °C:

Z according to IEC/EN 60947
1.05
1.30
7200
Specified
3600 non-tripping current
I nt = 1.05 I n
t [s]
1200 for t > 1 h

600 Specified
300 tripping current
I t = 1.30 I n
120 for t < 1 h
60
30
10
5
2
1
0.5
0.2
0.1
0.05
0.02
0.01
0.005
0.002
0.001
0.0005
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 15 20 30 40 50
rated current
Engineering 9/15
Let-through characteristics
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 FAZ-K, FAZ-S
Let-through energy J Let-through current xD
According to IEC/EN 60898 According to IEC/EN 60898
i2dt
ID 104
[A2s] 8 FAZ-K
FAZ-K [A]
8
6 63 A
50 A
40 A 6 63 A
50 A
40 A
4 32 A
25 A
32 A 25 A
20 A
20 A 16 A
3 16 A 4 13 A
13 A 10 A
6A
2 3 4A
3A
1.5 10 A
8A 2A
2
104 6A 1.6 A
4A
8 3A 1.5
1A
6
2A
103
4
1.6 A
3
1A
2 5
1.5 0.5 A
103
0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
5
I cc eff [kA]
4
0.5 A
0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
I cc eff [kA]
i2dt 104
[A2s] ID
8 FAZ-S [A] FAZ-S
8
6 40 A
32 A
25 A
4 20 A 6 40 A
32 A
16 A
25 A
3 10 A 20 A
16 A
10 A
2
4
1.5 6A
6A
4A
3 3A
104 4A 2A
3A
2A
8
6
2
1A
4
1A 1.5
3
2
103
1.5
103
5 5
0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

I cc eff [kA] I cc eff [kA]
9/16 Engineering
FAZ-Z Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Let-through energy J Let-through current xD
According to IEC/EN 60898 According to IEC/EN 60898

i2dt
ID 104
[A2s] 8 FAZ-Z
FAZ-Z [A]
63 A
8
6 50 A
40 A
6 63 A
32 A
50 A
40 A
4 25 A 32 A 25 A
20 A
20 A 16 A
3 16 A
4 10 A
8A
10 A 3 6A
2
8A
1.5
6A
2 4A
104 3A
1.5
8
4A 2A
6
3A 103
4
2A
2 5
1.6 A
1A
1.5
0.5 A
103
0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
5 I cc eff [kA]
4 1.6 A
1A
0.5 A
3
0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
I cc eff [kA]
Engineering 9/17
Miniature circuit-breakers, tripping characteristics
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 FAZT
Influence of ambient temperature on thermal trip behaviour Load carrying capacity of side-by-side-mounted miniature circuit-breakers
Corrected values of the rated current dependent on the ambient temperature
Ambient temperature T [°C]
1.00
In [A] –25 –20 –10 0 10 20 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
0.16 0.20 0.19 0.19 0.18 0.17 0.17 0.16 0.16 0.15 0.15 0.15 0.14 0.14
Rated diversity factor

0.25 0.31 0.30 0.29 0.28 0.27 0.26 0.25 0.25 0.24 0.24 0.23 0.23 0.22
0.90
0.5 0.61 0.60 0.58 0.56 0.54 0.52 0.50 0.49 0.48 0.47 0.46 0.45 0.44
0.75 0.92 0.90 0.87 0.84 0.81 0.78 0.75 0.74 0.73 0.71 0.69 0.68 0.66
0.80
1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 0.99 0.97 0.95 0.93 0.90 0.89
1.5 1.8 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.3
1.6 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.7 1.6 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.4
0.70
2 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.8 1.8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2.5 3.1 3.0 2.9 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.3 2.2 Number of circuit-breakers
3 3.7 3.6 3.5 3.4 3.3 3.1 3.0 3.0 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.7 2.7
3.5 4.3 4.2 4.1 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.2 3.1
4 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.5 4.3 4.2 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5
5 6.1 6.0 5.8 5.6 5.4 5.2 5.0 4.9 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.5 4.4 Influence of the mains frequency
6 7.3 7.2 7.0 6.7 6.5 6.3 6.0 5.9 5.8 5.7 5.6 5.4 5.3 Influence of mains frequency on tripping behaviour IMA of the instantaneous
release
8 9.8 9.6 9.3 9.0 8.7 8.4 8.0 7.9 7.7 7.6 7.4 7.2 7.1
Mains frequency f [Hz]
10 12 12 12 11 11 10 10 9.9 9.7 9.5 9.3 9.0 8.9
16N 50 60 100 200 300 400
12 15 14 14 13 13 13 12 12 12 11 11 11 11
IMA(f)/IMA (50 Hz) [%] 91 100 101 106 115 134 141
13 16 16 15 15 14 14 13 13 13 12 12 12 12
15 18 18 17 17 16 16 15 15 15 14 14 14 13
16 20 19 19 18 17 17 16 16 15 15 15 14 14
20 24 24 23 22 22 21 20 20 19 19 19 18 18
25 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 25 24 24 23 23 22
32 39 38 37 36 35 33 32 32 31 30 30 29 28
40 49 48 47 45 43 42 40 39 39 38 37 36 35
50 61 60 58 56 54 52 50 49 48 47 46 45 44
63 77 76 73 71 68 66 63 62 61 60 58 57 56
Power loss
Depending on rated operational current (Ie) Iu
Characteristic C Characteristic D
Poles Poles
1 2 3 1 2 3
In [A] P [W] P [W] P [W] In [A] P [W] P [W] P [W]
0.5 1.6 3.2 4.7 0.5 1.6 3.2 4.8
1 1.1 2.2 3.4 1 0.8 1.5 2.3
1.5 1.3 2.6 3.9 1.5 1.0 2.1 3.1
2 1.4 2.8 4.3 2 1.0 2.1 3.1
3 1.2 2.4 3.6 3 1.2 2.4 3.6
4 1.4 2.9 4.3 4 1.4 2.9 4.3
5 1.9 3.7 5.6 5 1.5 2.9 4.4
6 1.2 2.3 3.5 6 1.2 2.3 3.5
7 1.4 2.8 4.3 7 1.4 2.8 4.3
8 1.4 2.8 4.2 8 1.2 2.4 3.7
10 1.9 3.6 5.3 10 1.5 3.0 4.5
13 2.4 4.7 7.1 13 2.0 4.1 6.1
15 1.9 3.8 5.6 15 1.5 3.1 4.6
16 2.1 4.3 6.4 16 1.7 3.5 5.2
20 2.9 5.8 8.7 20 1.8 3.7 5.5
25 3.1 6.2 9.3 25 2.6 5.1 7.7
30 3.0 6.0 9.0 30 2.7 5.4 8.1
32 3.4 6.8 10.2 32 3.1 6.2 9.3
35 3.7 7.4 11.0 35 3.8 7.6 11.3
40 4.0 8.1 12.1 40 3.9 7.8 11.6
9/18 Engineering
Tripping characteristic for miniature circuit-breakers
FAZT, PDIM Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Tripping characteristic FAZ at 30 °C:
B, C, D to IEC/EN 60898
100
t [s]
10
10
1
B C D
0.1
0.01
1 2 3 4 6 8 10 20
Tripping current xx IIn
Auslösestrom
Earth-leakage detector PDIM

Contour and busbar connection compatible with other P series devices.
User-definable arrangement of busbars top and bottom.
Free terminal compartment even with busbar mounted.
Power supply through ORing of the four conductors.
Electronic operation (depending on mains voltage).
The mains power bus can be connected on either side.
The four-pole switch can also be used as a three-pole switch.
To do this, use terminals 1-2, 3-4 and 5-6.
The four-pole switch can also be used as a two-pole switch.
To do this, use terminals 5-6 and N-N.
Two relays (N/O contact, parallel to yellow and red LED), floating
(up to 10 A/230 Vh).
Function
Green LED lit at 0 – 30 % of set IDn.
Yellow LED lit at 30 – 50 % of set IDn.
Red LED lit at > 50 % of set IDn.
The yellow LED goes out again after tripping when the the measured discharge
current is falls below 30 % of the set IDn.
The red LED remains lit after tripping even when the the measured discharge
current is falls below 50 % of the set IDn.
The red LED goes out only when the Reset button is pressed.
Only one LED is lit at any one time.
One output relay is each actuated together with the yellow and red LED.
The residual current must flow for the time set for the residual-current operated
switch (undelayed, G or S) before an action occurs.
Test function
Rotary coding switch for residual-current operated switch function is set to
“TEST”.
The IDn simulates a residual current alternating between 30 % and 50 %.
Depending on the simulated leakage current, the corresponding yellow or red LED.
Engineering 9/19
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 Z-SLS/B, Z-SLS/E
Fuse links
Z-SLS/B, Z-SLS/E Mechanical
Time/current characteristics Let-through current characteristics
DO fuse links 2 … 63 A gG(gL) DO fuse links 2 … 63 A gG(gL)
2 4 6 10 16 202535 50 63 Rated current IN in A 2IP 2 IP 2
103 20
Fusing time in s
Let-through current ID in kA
nt
63
t
en
me
10
lem
102
ele
50
DC
DC
35
ut
ge
tho
25
lar
Wi
20
th
Wi
4 16
101
10
ts
en
urr
6
it c
2
rcu
-ci
100
ort
sh
4
ak
1
pe
2
ble
ssi
Po
10-1
Rated current IN in A
0.4
10-2
0.2
10-3 0.1
2 4 101 2 4 102 2 4 103 2 4 104 0.1 0.2 0.4 1 2 4 10 20 100
Unconditional current IP in A Short-circuit current IP in kA
9/20 Technical data
Miniature circuit-breakers
FAZ, FAZT Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
FAZ
Electrical
IEC/EN 60898
V AC 230/400
V DC 48 (per pole)
Rated switching capacity kA 15
Operational switching capacity kA 7.5
Characteristic B, C, D
Max. back-up fuse A gL/gG 125
Selectivity Class 3
Lifespan Operations > 10000
Direction of incoming supply As required
Mechanical
Enclosure height mm 80
Terminal protection Finger and back-of-hand proof to BGV A2
Mounting width per pole mm 17.5
Mounting IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail
Protection type IP20, IP40 (when fitted)
Terminals top and bottom Twin-purpose terminals
Terminal capacities
Solid mm2 1 x 25
Flexible mm2 2 x 10
Thickness of busbar material mm 0.8 … 2
FAZT
Electrical
Rated voltage V 240/415
Rated frequency Hz 50/60
Rated switching capacity
B, C (up to 13 kA); D (up to 10 kA) kA 25
B, C (16–25 kA); D (12–16 kA) kA 20
Characteristic B, C, D
Lifespan Operations 20000
Direction of incoming supply Any
Mechanical
Enclosure height mm 80
Mounting width per pole mm 17.5
Mounting Quick attachment with 3 latch positions for top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715
Protection type IP20
Terminal protection Finger- and back-of-hand proof according to BGV A3 and ÖVE-EN 6
Terminal capacities mm2 1 – 25
Tightening torque Nm 2 – 2.4
Thickness of busbar material mm 0.8 – 2 (except N 0.5 SU)
Technical data 9/21
Power meters
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 KWZ-3PH
KWZ-3PH KWZ-3PH-63
Electrical
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 230-240/400-415 230-240/400-415
Voltage range V AC 110-254/190-440 110-254/190-440
Rated current Ie A 1, 5 10
Max. current Imax A 6 63
Rated frequency Hz 50, 60 50, 60
Critical frequency Hz 47-63 47-63
Own power consumption per phase (rung) VA F 0.5 (each phase) F 4 (each phase)
Overload, intermittent 20 X Imax / 0.5 s 30 X Imax / 10 ms

Auxilliary voltage From measurement From measurement
Input signal Sinusoidal Sinusoidal
Accuracy class 1 1
LED signal 1 Imp. / 0.1 Wh 1 Imp. / Wh
Pulse output
Rated value Max. 110 V AC/DC, 50 mA Max. 110 V AC/DC, 50 mA
Switching contact (floating) Optocoupler Optocoupler
Pulse value (selectable) 1 pulse/10 Wh, 100 Wh, 1 kWh, 10 kWh 1 pulse/1 Wh, 10 – 100 Wh, 1 kWh, 10 kWh
Optionally 1 pulse/10 VArh, 100 VArh, Optionally 1 pulse/10 VArh, 100 VArh,
1 kVArh, 10 kVArh 1 kVArh, 10 kVArh
Pulse duration (selectable) ms 50, 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 500 50, 100, 150, 200, 300, 400, 500
Programmable parameters Network types (1-phase, 3-phase, 3- or 4- Network types (3-phase, 3- or 4-conductor),
conductor), external current and voltage partial energy and double rate, performance
converter, power average, pulse output average, pulse output
Overvoltage category III III
Insulation voltage (phase–phase) V 450 300
Rated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50) kV 5 5

ms
Test voltage
Input/pulse output kV 2.75 2.75
All circuits and earth kV 4 4
Protection class II II
Mechanical
Standard front dimension mm 45 45
Device height mm 89 89
Mounting width mm 71.2 71.2
Weight g 260 260
Display LCD, 8 digit LCD, 8 digit
Digit height mm 6 6
Maximum indication Adjustable 999999.99 kWh
Resolution Adjustable 10 W
Measured value indication split over 6 pages split over 7 pages
Mounting Quick attachment for top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715 Quick attachment for top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715
Degree of protection of enclosure front IP52 / IP20 IP52 / IP20

and terminals
Terminals top and bottom Screw terminals Screw terminals
Terminal capacities
Current connections
Solid mm2 0.05 – 4 1 – 10
Stranded mm2 0.05 – 2.5 1 – 13
Voltage connections
Solid mm2 0.05 – 4 1–4
Stranded mm2 0.05 – 2.5 1–3
Permissible relative humidity Also suitable for tropical conditions Also suitable for tropical conditions
Reference temperature °C 23 g 2 23 g 2
Temperature range °C -5 to +55 -5 to +55
Storage and transportation °C -25 to +70 -25 to +70
9/22 Technical data
Power meters
PDIM Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
PDIM
Electrical
Standards On basis of
DIN/EN 62020
Rated current Ie A 40, 100
Response behaviour (adjustable) Non-delayed
Model G 10 ms delayed
Type S 40 ms delayed, selective
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 230/400 50/60 Hz
240/415 50/60 Hz
Rated fault currents IDn mA 30, 100, 300, 500, 1000
Sensitivity AC and pulsed current
Rated short-circuit strength Inc kA 10
Max. admissible back-up fuse
In = 40 A Short circuit: 63 A gG/gL
Overload: 40 A gG/gL
In = 100 A A gL Short circuit: 100 A gG/gL
Overload: 63 A gG/gL
Switch contacts Floating 10 A / 230 h
Response behaviour of contacts 1: 30 - 50 % IDn
2: > 50 % IDn
Lifespan
Electrical Operations f 4000
mechanical Operations f 20000
Mechanical
Device height mm 80
Mounting width mm 70 (4 SU)
Mounting position Any
Mounting Quick attachment with 2 latch positions for top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715
Integrated IP40
Degree of protection in enclosure for damp locations IP54
Terminal protection Protection against electric shock to A3, ÖVE-EN 6
Terminal capacity (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, N, N)
Solid mm2 1.5 – 35
Stranded mm2 2 x 16
Terminal cross-section of switching contacts mm2 0.25 - 1.5
Thickness of busbar material mm 0.8 - 2
Admissible ambient temperature range °C -25 to +40
Climatic proofing According to IEC/EN 61008
Technical data 9/23
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 Z-SLS/D01, Z-SLS/CB
Z-SLS/D01 Z-SLS/CB
General
Standards IEC/EN 60947-3 IEC/EN 60947-3
Electrical
Number of poles 1P 1P
1P+N 2P
2P 3P
3P
3P+N
Rated operating voltage V AC 400 400
V DC 1P up to 60 / 2P up to 110 1P up to 110 / 2P up to 220
Rated operational current Ie A 16 63
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 16 63
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm kArms 50 50
N/O – –
Switching category AC 22 B, DC 21 B AC 22 B
Overvoltage category IV IV
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 6
Current heat loss per contact at Ie W 0,64 0,5
Power loss
Heat dissipation per contact with fuse link at Ie W 2,24 7,5
Mechanical
Enclosure height mm 86 86
Mounting width mm 17.5 per pole (1 SU) 27 per pole (1.5 SU)
Weight g 1P 90 1P 120
1P+N 170 2P 230
2P 180 3P 350
3P 270
3P+N 350
Mounting Quick attachment for top-hat rail Quick attachment for top-hat rail
IEC/EN 60715 IEC/EN 60715
Integrated IP20 IP20
Terminals Lift terminals Lift terminals
Terminal capacities
Solid mm2 1.5 – 25 1.5 – 35
Temperature range °C -25 … +60 -25 … +60
Flammability classification to EN 60730 V0, glow-wire test 960 °C V0, glow-wire test 960 °C
Terminal screw tightening torque Nm Max. 2.5 Max. 4.5
Creepage resistance CTI 600 CTI 600
9/24 Technical data
D0-LTS/63/3-R40, D02-LTS Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
D0-LTS/63/3-R40 D02-LTS
General
Standards DIN VDE 0660 Part 1, IEC/EN 60947-3

IEC/EN 60947-3,
DIN VDE 0636 Part 41,
IEC/EN 60269-3,
DIN VDE 0638,
DIN VDE 43880
Electrical
Number of poles 3P 3P
3P+N
3P+HK
Rated operating voltage V AC 400 400
Rated operational current Ie A 63 63
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A 63 63
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm 50 50 kAeff
Switching category AC 22 B AC 22 B
Overvoltage category IV IV
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 6
Current heat loss per contact at Ie W 0,5 1,8
Power loss
Heat dissipation per contact with fuse link at Ie W 7,5 7,3
Max. permissible heat losses of the fuse links Pv W 5,5
Auxiliary contacts
N/O 5 A / 250 V AC
Max. thermal back-up fuse 2 A gL: PLSM-B4/…-HS, CLS6-B4/
…-HS
Thermal contact 1 N/C contacts
AC p.f. = 1 2.5 A / 250 V
AC p.f. = 0.6 1.5 A / 250 V
DC 1.6 A / 24 V
DC 1.2 A / 48 V
Mechanical
Enclosure height mm 86 84
Mounting width mm 81 18 per pole (1 SU)
Weight g 510 3P 340
3P+N 380
3P+HK 380
Mounting Busbar with 40 mm clearance Quick attachment for top-hat rail
IEC/EN 60715
Integrated IP20 IP20
Terminals Lift terminals Lift terminals
Terminal capacities
Solid mm2 1.5 – 35 1.5 – 25
Temperature range °C -25 … +60 -25 … +60
Flammability classification to EN 60730 V0, glow-wire test 960 °C V0, glow-wire test 960 °C
Terminal screw tightening torque Nm Max. 4.5 F3
Creepage resistance CTI 600 CTI 600
Fast-on connectors 0.8 x 2.5 mm
Technical Data 9/25
Low-voltage h.b.c. fuse switch-disconnectors
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 Z-SLS/B, Z-SLS/E, GST…-DSI
Z-SLS/B Z-SLS/B24 Z-SLS/E
Electrical
Rated operating voltage V AC 60 … 400 24 – 60 400
V DC 60 – 220 24 – 60 220
Utilization category gG (gL) gG (gL) gG (gL)
Test voltage kV 5 5 5
Rated uninterrupted current Iu A – – –
Mechanical
Size D01: 1, 2, 4, 6, 10, 13, 16 A
D02: 20, 25, 32, 35, 40, 50, 63 A
GST…-DSI
Electrical
Standards IEC/EN 60255,
VDE 0435 part 303
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 3 X 400 - 690
Voltage range V AC 0.9 … 1.1 X Ue
Rated frequency Hz 50 - 60
Rated operational voltage 1.5 VA (L2/L3)
Overvoltage category III
Rated impulse withstand voltage kV 6
Relay contacts 1 N/O, 1N/C
Standards EN 60204, EN 50178,
IEC 536
Rated voltage Ue V AC 250
Rated current Ie A 8 A DC
Inrush current A F 15
AC–15
230 V Ie A 1
24 V Ie A 4
DC-13
24 V Ie A 1
220 V Ie A 0,5
Minimum switching load 5 V AC/DC, 300 mW, 5 mA
Max. switching duty
AC 1 VA 2000
250 V AC 15 VA 400
250 V AC 3 W 300
Lifespan, electrical Operations 80 X 103 (AC 1)
Max. admissible back-up fuse 4 A gL/gG / PLSM-B4…-HS
Mechanical
Terminals Lift terminals
Terminal cross-section, flexible mm2 0.25 – 1.5
Tightening torque of the terminal screws Nm 0.5 – 0.6
Lifespan, mechanical Operations x 106 > 10
Pick-up/drop-out time ms < 500
Degree of protection IP20
Temperature range °C -10 … +55
Pollution degree 3
9/26 Dimensions
Miniature circuit-breakers, power meters, leakage current meters
FAZT, KWZ-3PH, PDIM, Z-SLS/D01 Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net
Miniature circuit-breakers
FAZT
5.5 30.5 4.5
Fehlerstromschutzschalter
Leitungsschutzschalter,
80
45
17.5 35 52.5 70 44 9.5
60
Power meters
KWZ-3PH
60.6
45
89
93
71.2
44
62
Leakage current meters

PDIM
45
80
70 5.5 44 3.15
1
60 2
Z-SLS/D01
N N
85
45
17.5 35 52.5 70 44
58
67
Dimensions 9/27
Fuse switch-disconnector, NH-mounting accessories
http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179 Z-SLS/CB, DO-LTS, D02-LTS, GST…-DSI
Z-SLS/CB
40.5
Miniature circuit-breaker,
residual current device
45
86
45.5
44
27 54 81
70
D0-LTS/63/3-R40
40
115
40
79 81
101
D02-LTS
N
84
45
18 18 18 44
71 70
Covers with fuse monitoring

GST…-DSI
Part no. Size a b
GST00 NH00 90 123
GST…1 NH1 120 151
GST…2 NH2 135 166
GST…3 NH3 145 176
a
b
10/0 Part number list
Moeller NK0211-1179 http://catalog.moeller.net

Part no. Device Page Part no. Device Page
+, … K
+NZM…-XKR… Connection block for component adapters 8/33 K...-B-DIL... Cable clamps 5/2
…-AVE Withdrawable carrier 8/25 K...-B-DIL... Box terminals 5/2
…-SVE Plug-in module 8/25 KWZ-3PH… Power meters 9/10
A L
AWB... Manuals for easySafety 3/5 LS-... LS-Titan position switches, complete unit 2/2
AWB... Manuals for overload relays 5/3 LS-XAP LS-Titan adapter plate 2/2
Infos
LS-XZRS Roller plunger, centre fixing 2/2

B LS-XZS Rounded plunger 2/2
BBA… Busbar adapters 6/2
BBA-XLT… Connection cables 6/5 M
M22…-W...J... Joysticks 1/2
D M22-A… Fixing adapters 1/2
D02-LTS/63-3… Fuse switch-disconnectors 9/11 M22-ADC… Dust covers 1/3
D0-LTS/63/3-R40 Fuse switch-disconnectors 9/11 M22-CK… Double contact elements with Cage Clamp 1/2, 8/31
DILA...XHI... Auxiliary contact modules 4/12 (spring-loaded terminal); auxiliary contacts for
NZM
DILH... Contactors, comfort devices larger than 150 A, 4/7
AC-1 M22-CK… Auxiliary contacts for NZM, double contact 1/2, 8/31
elements with spring-loaded terminal
DILM...-...(...) Contactors, basic devices up to 200 A, 4-pole 4/3
M22-K... Contact blocks with screw terminals 1/2
DILM...-...(...) Contactors, comfort devices larger than 150 A 4/7
M22-XADC Fixing plate for dust cover 1/3
DILM...-...(...) Contactors, 3-pole, further actuating voltages 4/14
M22-XE Safety fixing set 1/3
DILM...-S...(...) Contactors, complete units size 150 A 4/9
MFD-80-B… Multi-function displays 3/9
DILM...XHI... Auxiliary contact modules 4/12
MFD-80-B… Display/operating units, multi-function displays 3/9
DILM…XIP… Cover sets for IP2X 4/13
MFD-CP4-CO CANopen communication module 3/9
DILM…XIP… IP2X cover sets 4/13
DILM…XSPL… Load resistance 4/13 N
DILM12-XMSM Motor suppressor module 4/13 N2 (3)-… Switch-disconnectors 8/19
DILM12-XPBC Printed board contact 4/13 N4-4-...-S1-DC Switch-disconnectors for 1000V DC, 2 pole 8/18
DILM12-XR Pluggable reversing bridge 7/4 NHI…PKZ0… Auxiliary contacts for SmartWire 7/4
DILM32-XMAN Test cube 4/13 NS2-…BT-NA Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, thermomagnetic 8/17
DILMP...-...(...) Contactors, basic devices up to 170 A, 3-pole 4/5 short-circuit releases, 3 pole, moulded-case
switches
DILMP...-...(...) Contactors 4-pole, further actuating voltages 4/15
NZM...1(2) Circuit-breakers, thermomagnetic trip blocks, 3- 8/5
phase, motor protection
E
NZM...1(2) Plug-in units, combination types 8/26
E… I/O expansions 3/9
NZM...1(2)(3) Circuit-breakers, magnetic short-circuit trip 8/6
EASY…-MO-CAB Modem cables 3/17 blocks, short-circuit protective devices, 3-pole
EASY…-POW Switched-mode power supply units 3/17 NZM...1(2)(3) Circuit-breakers, thermomagnetic trip blocks, 4- 8/8
EASY…-USB-CAB Connection cables 3/17 pole, motor protection, systems/cable protec-
tion
easy-DC-SIM Input/output simulator for control relay easy 3/17
NZM...2(3) Circuit-breakers, thermomagnetic trip blocks, 3- 8/2
EC4E-221-6D4…1 I/O expansion modules, CANopen 3/9 pole, motor protection, system/cable protection
ECP-SOFT Programming software EC4P, XC100, XC200 3/16 NZM...2(3)(4)…-S1 Switch-disconnectors, for 1000 V AC, 3-pole, 8/20
ES4A-MEM-CARD1 Memory card, easySafety 3/5 system/cable protection
ES4P... Safety control relays, easySafety 3/5 NZM...2(3)(4)…-S1 Switch-disconnectors for 1000 V AC, 3-pole, 8/21
systems protection, cable protection, selectivity,
ESP-SOFT Configurator easySoft-Safety 3/5 generator protection
ETR2-... Electronic timing relays, 1 changeover contact 3/24 NZM...2(3)(4)…-S1 Switch-disconnectors, for 1000 V AC, 3 pole, 8/21
ETR2-…-D Electronic timing relays, 2 changeover contacts 3/24 motor protection
EU4A-RJ45-CAB2 Connection cable, CANopen 3/9 NZM...2...NA Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, electronic 8/10
releases, 3-pole motor protection
F NZM...2…BT-CNA Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, magnetic short- 8/15
circuit releases, 3-pole, motor protection
F... Miniature circuit-breakers FAZ 9/2 NZM...2…BT-NA Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, electronic trip 8/10
FAZT… Miniature circuit-breakers FAZT 9/6 blocks, 3-pole; system, cable, transformer and
generator protection
FS-AT LS-Titan locating plate 2/2
NZM...2…BT-NA Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, thermomagnetic 8/12
releases, system and cable protection, 3/4-pole
G
NZM...2…BT-NA Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, thermomagnetic 8/17
GST...-DSI Covers with fuse monitoring 9/13 releases, 4 pole, systems and cable protection,
4-pole
GST00-DSI Covers with fuse monitoring 9/13
NZM...XAVS... Socket bases 8/25
NZM...-XBRS Insulating surrounds for toggle lever 8/31
NZM...-XHB-DA Main switch assembly kits with add-on rotary 8/30
handle
NZM...-XKP Phase isolators 8/24
Part number list 10/1

Part no. Device Page
NZM...-XKSAE Cable lug-covers 8/23

NZM...-XKSAV Covers for connection width extension 8/24
NZM...-XKV... Connection width extensions 8/23
NZM...XSV... Control circuit plug unit for remote operator 8/25
NZM...XSVS... Socket base 8/24
NZM…3 Withdrawable units, combination types 8/29
NZM…-XKR… Connection blocks for component adapters 8/33
NZM…-XT… Door coupling rotary handles for North America 8/30
NZM2-XAP… Adapter plates NZM 8/33
Infos
NZM2-XRD… Remote operators, standard 8/32
NZM3-XAD630 Multi-function device adapters 8/33
NZM4-…-XISP Insulation plates for connection width extension 8/24
NZM4-4-XKV2P… Terminal jumpers 8/18
NZMH2-A...-FIA30 Circuit-breakers with earth-fault release 8/32
P
PDIM-… Leakage current meters 9/10
PDIM-… Differential current meters 9/10
PKZM0-XM12DE Electric contact module 6/2
PKZM0-XM12DM Mechanical connection element 6/2
PKZM0-XMR… Mounting rails 6/5
PKZM4-XDM65 DOL starter wiring kit 6/2
PN2 (3)-… Switch-disconnectors 8/19
S
SWIRE-4DI2DO SmartWire I/O module 7/3
SWIRE-CAB… SmartWire connection cables 7/4
SWIRE-DIL SmartWire module for DILM 7/3
SWIRE-GW-DP SmartWire gateway (coupling unit) for 7/3
PROFIBUS-DP
SWIRE-GW-MB SmartWire gateway for MODBUS RTU 7/3
SWIRE-PF SmartWire power module 7/3
X
XC-CPU121-2C256K CPU (central processing unit) module 3/16
XIO-EXT121-1 I/O module 3/16
XT-MEM-MM32M Multimedia card 3/16
XT-SUB-D/RJ45 Programming cable 3/16
Z
ZB... Overload relays 5/3
Z-D02/SIKA-HF Spring 9/12
Z-D02-LTS-HF Spring 9/12
Z-SLS/CB/… Fuse switch-disconnectors 9/11
Z-SLS/CB-HF Spring 9/12
Z-SLS/E-...A Fuse sets 9/12
Z-SLS/TR-SET Dissconnector kit 9/13
Z-SLZ/KL Incoming double terminal 9/13
Z-SLZ/S… Switch-on inhibits 9/13
10/2 Alphabetical index

Page Page
3, 4 D
3-pole contactors, further actuating voltages 4/14 Differential current meter 9/10
4-pole contactors, further actuating voltages 4/15 Display/operating unit, multi-function display 3/9
Dissconnector kit 9/13
A DOL starter wiring set 6/2
Adapter plate NZM 8/33 Door coupling rotary handle for North America 8/30
Auxiliary contact for NZM, double contact element with spring-loaded 1/2, 8/31 Double contact element with Cage Clamp (spring-loaded terminal) ; auxil- 1/2, 8/31
terminal iary contact for NZM
Auxiliary contact for SmartWire 7/4
Infos
Dust cover 1/3

Auxiliary contact modules 4/12
E
B easySafety, configuration software 3/5
Box terminal 5/2 easySafety, manuals 3/5
Busbar adapters 6/2 easySafety, memory card 3/5
C easySafety, safety control relay 3/5
Electric contact module 6/2
Cable clamp 5/2
Electronic timing relays, 1 changeover contact 3/24
Cable lug-cover 8/23
Electronic timing relays, 2 changeover contacts 3/24
CANopen communication module 3/9
CANopen, connection cable 3/9 F
CANopen, I/O expansions 3/9
FAZ miniature circuit-breakers 9/2
Circuit-breaker with earth-fault release 8/32
FAZT miniature circuit-breakers 9/6
Circuit-breaker, magnetic short-circuit release, 3-pole, short-circuit protec- 8/6
tive device Fixing adapters 1/2
Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, electronic releases, 3-pole, motor protection 8/10 Fixing plate for dust cover 1/3
Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, electronic trip blocks, 3-pole; system, cable, 8/10 Further actuating voltages, 3-pole 4/14
transformer and generator protection Further actuating voltages, 4-pole 4/15
Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, magnetic short-circuit releases, 3-pole, motor 8/15 Fuse sets 9/12
protection
Fuse switch-disconnector 9/11
Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, thermo-magnetic releases, system and cable 8/12
protection, 3/4 pole
H
Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, thermomagnetic short-circuit releases, 3- 8/17
pole, systems and cable protection, moulded-case switches
I
Circuit-breakers UL/CSA, IEC, thermomagnetic short-circuit releases, 4- 8/17
pole, systems and cable protection I/O expansions 3/9
Circuit-breakers, thermomagnetic trip blocks, 3-pole, motor protection 8/5 I/O expansions, CANopen 3/9
Circuit-breakers, thermomagnetic trip blocks, 3-pole, motor protection, 8/2 I/O module 3/16
system/cable protection Incoming double terminal 9/13
Circuit-breakers, thermomagnetic trip blocks, 4-pole, motor protection, 8/8 Input/output simulator for control relay easy 3/17
system/cable protection
Insulating surround for toggle lever 8/31
Configurator easySoft-Safety 3/5
Insulation plate for connection width extension 8/24
Connection block for component adapters 8/33
IP2X-cover sets 4/13
Connection cable 3/17
Connection cable, CANopen 3/9 J
Connection width extension 8/23
Joystick 1/2
Contact block with screw terminals 1/2
Contactors, basic devices up to 170 A, 3-pole 4/5 L
Contactors, basic devices up to 200 A, 4-pole 4/3
Contactors, comfort devices larger than 150 A 4/7
Load resistance 4/13
Contactors, comfort devices larger than 150 A, AC-1 4/7
LS-Titan adapter plate 2/2
Contactors, complete units size 150 A 4/9
LS-Titan locating plate 2/2
Control circuit plug unit remote operator 8/25
LS-Titan position switch, complete unit 2/2
Cover for connection width extension 8/24
Cover sets for IP2X 4/13 M
Cover with fuse monitoring 9/13 Main switch assembly kit with add-on rotary handle 8/30
CPU (central processing unit) module 3/16 Manuals for easySafety 3/5
Manuals for overload relays 5/3
Mechanical connection element 6/2
Memory card for safety control relay easySafety 3/5
Alphabetical index 10/3

Page
Modem cable 3/17

Motor suppressor module 4/13
Mounting rail 6/5
Multi-function device adapters 8/33
Multi-function display 3/9
Multi-media card 3/16
O
Overload relays 5/3
Infos
P
Phase isolators 8/24
Pluggable reversing bridge 7/4
Plug-in module 8/25
Plug-in units, combination types 8/26
Power meter 9/10
Printed board contact 4/13
Programming cable 3/16
Programming software EC4P, XC100, XC200 3/16
R
Remote operator, standard 8/32
Roller plunger, centre fixing 2/2
Rounded plunger 2/2
S
Safety control relay easySafety 3/5
Safety fixing set 1/3
SmartWire connection cable 7/4
SmartWire Gateway (coupling unit) for PROFIBUS-DP 7/3
SmartWire Gateway MODBUS RTU 7/3
SmartWire I/O module 7/3
SmartWire module for DILM 7/3
SmartWire power module 7/3
SmartWire, auxiliary contact 7/4
Socket base 8/24
Spring 9/12
Switch-disconnector for 1000 V AC, 3-pole, systems protection, cable 8/21
protection, selectivity, generator protection
Switch-disconnector, for 1000V DC, 2-pole 8/18
Switch-disconnectors 8/19
Switch-disconnectors, for 1000 V AC, 3-pole, motor protection 8/21
Switch-disconnectors, for 1000 V AC, 3-pole, system/cable protection 8/20
Switched-mode power supply unit 3/17
Switch-on inhibits 9/13
T
Terminal jumpers 8/18
Test cube 4/13
V
Withdrawable carrier 8/25
Withdrawable units, combination types 8/29
10/4 Notes

Infos
Notes 10/5
Infos
10/6 Notes

Infos
Notes 10/7
Infos
10/8 Notes

Infos
Notes 10/9
Infos
10/10 Technical data
Rated currents of three-phase motors (guidelines for squirrel-cage motors)
Minimum fuse size for the protection of three-phase motors

The maximum size is governed by the requirements of the associated switchgear or overload relay
Motor rating 230 V 400 V New 440 V 500 V 690 V

Rated Fuse Rated Fuse Rated Fuse Rated Fuse Rated Fuse
motor motor motor motor motor
current Starting current Starting current Starting current Starting current Starting
direct Y/Δ direct Y/Δ direct Y/Δ direct Y/Δ direct Y/Δ
kW p.f. η (%) A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A
Infos
0.06 0.7 58 0.37 2 – 0.21 2 – 0.19 2 – 0.17 2 – 0.12 2 –

0.09 0.7 60 0.54 2 – 0.31 2 – 0.28 2 – 0.25 2 – 0.18 2 –
0.12 0.7 60 0.72 4 2 0.41 2 – 0.37 2 – 0.33 2 – 0.24 2 –
0.18 0.7 62 1.04 4 2 0.6 2 – 0.54 2 – 0.48 2 – 0.35 2 –
0.25 0.7 62 1.4 4 2 0.8 4 2 0.76 2 – 0.7 2 – 0.5 2 –

0.37 0.72 66 2 6 4 1.1 4 2 1 4 2 0.9 2 2 0.7 2 –
0.55 0.75 69 2.7 10 4 1.5 4 2 1.4 4 2 1.2 4 2 0.9 4 2
0.75 0.79 74 3.2 10 4 1.9 6 4 1.7 4 2 1.5 4 2 1.1 4 2
1.1 0.81 74 4.6 10 6 2.6 6 4 2.4 4 2 2.1 6 4 1.5 4 2

1.5 0.81 74 6.3 16 10 3.6 6 4 3.3 6 4 2.9 6 4 2.1 6 4
2.2 0.81 78 8.7 20 10 5 10 6 4.6 10 6 4 10 4 2.9 10 4
3 0.82 80 11.5 25 16 6.6 16 10 6 16 10 5.3 16 6 3.8 10 4
4 0.82 83 14.8 32 16 8.5 20 10 7.7 16 10 6.8 16 10 4.9 16 6

5.5 0.82 86 19.6 32 25 11.3 25 16 10.2 20 10 9 20 16 6.5 16 10
7.5 0.82 87 26.4 50 32 15.2 32 16 13.8 25 16 12.1 25 16 8.8 20 10
11 0.84 87 38 80 40 21.7 40 25 19.8 32 25 17.4 32 20 12.6 25 16
15 0.84 88 51 100 63 29.3 63 32 26.6 50 32 23.4 50 25 17 32 20

18.5 0.84 88 63 125 80 36 63 40 32.8 63 32 28.9 50 32 20.9 32 25
22 0.84 92 71 125 80 41 80 50 37 80 40 33 63 32 23.8 50 25
30 0.85 92 96 200 100 55 100 63 50 100 63 44 80 50 32 63 32
37 0.86 92 117 200 125 68 125 80 61 125 80 54 100 63 39 80 50

45 0.86 93 141 250 160 81 160 100 74 125 100 65 125 80 47 80 63
55 0.86 93 173 250 200 99 200 125 90 125 100 79 160 80 58 100 63
75 0.86 94 233 315 250 134 200 160 122 160 125 107 200 125 78 160 100
90 0.86 94 279 400 315 161 250 200 146 200 160 129 200 160 93 160 100
110 0.86 94 342 500 400 196 315 200 179 250 200 157 250 160 114 200 125
132 0.87 95 401 630 500 231 400 250 210 250 250 184 250 200 134 250 160
160 0.87 95 486 630 630 279 400 315 254 315 250 224 315 250 162 250 200
200 0.87 95 607 800 630 349 500 400 318 400 315 279 400 315 202 315 250
250 0.87 95 – – – 437 630 500 397 630 400 349 500 400 253 400 315
315 0.87 96 – – – 544 800 630 495 630 630 436 630 500 316 500 400
400 0.88 96 – – – 683 1000 800 621 800 800 547 800 630 396 630 400
450 0.88 96 – – – 769 1000 800 699 800 800 615 800 630 446 630 630
500 0.88 97 – – – – – – – – – – – – 491 630 630
560 0.88 97 – – – – – – – – – – – – 550 800 630
630 0.88 97 – – – – – – – – – – – – 618 800 630
Notes The rated motor currents apply to normal, internally-ventilated and Rated fuse currents for Y/Δ starting also apply to three-phase motors with slip-
enclosed fan-cooled three-phase motors at 1500 rpm. ring rotors.
D.O.L. starting: Maximum starting current 6 × rated motor current. Use a larger fuse if the rated current or starting current is higher
Maximum starting time 5 seconds. and/or if the starting time is longer.
Y/Δstarting: Maximum starting current 2 × rated motor current. The table applies to “slow” or “gL” fuses (VDE 0636)
Maximum starting time 15 seconds.
Set the overload relay in the phase lead LV h.b.c. fuses with aM characteristics,
to 0.58 × rated motor current. select fuse size to match rated current.
www.moeller.net/safety
All-round safety, reliability and ease-of-use:

From data acquisition and processing to reliable shutdown – the standardized Safety Technology
product range fulfills even the most stringent safety demands.
Fast acquisition Secure processing Reliable power-off
Input Logic Output
Obtain info@moeller.net
full information today from: Quicklink-ID: SAFETY at www.moeller.net
Moeller GmbH · Fax +49 (0)228 602 - 2275 · info@moeller.net

http://catalog.moeller.net
New Products Catalogue – Industrial Switchgear | 2009
New Products Industrial Switchgear | 2009

Moeller addresses worldwide:
Reliable Switchgear from One
www.moeller.net/address
Proven Supplier
E-Mail: info@moeller.net
Internet: www.moeller.net
www.eaton.com
Issued by Moeller GmbH

Hein-Moeller-Str. 7-11
ATEX
D-53115 Bonn
© 2008 by Moeller GmbH

Subject to alterations
NK0211-1179en Ins/ip/Doku/CPI 10/08
Printed in Germany (11/08)
Article No.: 115363
Eaton’s electrical business is a global leader

in electrical control, power distribution,
uninterruptible power supply and industrial
automation products and services.
Eaton’s global electrical brands, including

Cutler-Hammer®, MGE Office Protection
Systems™, Powerware®, Holec®, MEM®,
Santak and Moeller, provide customer-driven
PowerChain Management® solutions to serve
the power system needs of the industrial,
institutional, government, utility, commercial,
residential, IT, mission critical and OEM
markets worldwide.
www.eaton.com
NK0211-1179.indd 1 14.11.2008 13:57:23 Uhr

NK 1179 en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

NK 1179 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

http://catalog.moeller.

New Products Catalogue – Industrial Switchgear | 2009

New Products Industrial Switchgear | 2009

Issued by Moeller GmbH

© 2008 by Moeller GmbH

Eaton’s electrical business is a global leader

Eaton’s global electrical brands, including

NK0211-1179.indd 1 14.11.2008 13:57:23 Uhr

Control and Indication 1 Control circuit devices RMQ-Titan:

2 Position switches LS-Titan:

Control relays for safety circuits: easySafety

5 Overload relays ZB:

Motor-protective circuit-breaker PKZ:

7 Connection system SmartWire

Combine safety and standard

The new easySafety control relay, suitable for safety appli-

For detailed information, visit: Info@moeller.net

We have the energy to drive your business

RMQ-Titan control circuit devices

RMQ-Titan control circuit devices

New Joystick with 2 operating points Dimensions 1/5

N/O = normally N/C = normally

1 N/O – .7 M22-K10P 20 off

New Double-contact elements

xy x = sequence number on fixing adapter

RMQ-Titan control circuit devices

New Safety fixing set

For use with Part no. Price Std. pack

Dust cover, IP53 (IP4X)

Max. 3 contacts M22-ADC 1 off

Contact elements Double-contact elements

Degree of protection IEC/EN 60529 IP 20 IP 20

Notes 1) > 200 V AC/60 Hz:

RMQ-Titan control circuit devices

Safety fixing set

LS-Titan position switches

LS-Titan position switches

LS-Titan position switches

Our complete product range of

New Operating heads: New Adapter plate LS-XAP

New New LS-Titan

N/O = N/C = Normally closed

Rounded plunger, IP66, IP67

– 2 N/C f 11 21 0 2.0 6.1 Insulated Screw LS-S02A

1 N/O 1 N/C f 13 21 0 3.0 6.1 Insulated Cage Clamp LS-11A

1 N/O 1 N/C f 13 21 0 3.0 6.1 Insulated Screw LS-S11A

2 N/O – 13 23 0 1.3 6.1 Insulated Cage Clamp LS-20B

2 N/O – 13 23 0 1.3 6.1 Insulated Screw LS-S20B

Roller plunger, centre fixing

For use with Part no. Price Std. pack Notes

Adapter plate, thickness 2.5 mm

LS-Titan position switches

a Tightening torque of cover screws: 0.8 Nm g0.2 Nm

Roundet plunger, centre fixing Roller plunger, centre fixing

Adapter plate, thickness 2.5 mm Locating plate

http://catalog.moeller.net Moeller NK0211-1179

LS-Titan position switches

Control relay suitable for safety circuits

Switching, control and visualisation

according to IEC/EN 61508. Modular PLC, I/O expansion modules 3/16

Switched-mode power supply units 3/17

New easySafety control relay suitable for safety circuits